Send a Text Message Directly to a Patient or Family
Is a family waiting in the car before their appointment? Do you need to send a family a URL link for a telemedicine connection? You can now send a text message directly to a patient’s cell phone number. To watch a video about how to use this feature, click here.
Send a Single Text Message
When you need to send a quick text message, select an appointment on the Schedule screen and then click “Send Text”.
Select a phone number from the patient’s records or enter a new phone number. Then type your message and optionally turn on or off your practice’s default message footer. Messages are limited to a total of 160 characters and should not contain PHI.
Click “Send” to send the message. The family will receive the message in a few seconds.
In addition to sending a text from the Schedule screen, you can also open any patient’s chart and choose “Send Text” from the Edit menu.
After you click send, PCC EHR will display a brief status window, which will usually tell you that the text was successfully delivered. If the text is stalled for some reason, PCC EHR will close the window to allow you to return to work. Use the Single Text Log report in the PCC EHR Report Library to review what text messages went out (and if any bounced or couldn’t be sent). PCC EHR does not log text messages in patient chart record.
Text Message Workflow Tip--Ask For Their Preferred Number: If you know you’re going to text a family about an appointment, you can ask them what cell number they want to receive the text message update. Enter that number in the Appointment note or in a custom chart note component, and it will be available when your practice needs to text them.
What Phone Numbers Appear in the Drop-Down When I Send a Text?: When you create a text message, you can pick from phone numbers that PCC has linked to the patient, including home account phone numbers, the patient’s confidential communication preference, and patient portal numbers. If instead you enter a number manually, PCC EHR will remember that number for later use. The most recent number used by your practice will appear at the top. Any numbers previously identified as invalid will not appear.
Review Your Practice’s Outbound Single Text Messages to Patients and Families
How can you review what texts were sent, by whom, to whom, and find out if a text was delivered successfully?
Run the Single Text Log report in the PCC EHR Report Library to examine your outbound text records.
You can filter the report based on date, the user who sent the messages, or by the patient. By adjusting these criteria, you could see all the texts sent by Dr. Crusher, or all the texts sent to any cell phone number listed for patient Abigail Addington.
On the report, you can see the date and time, the user at your practice who sent the text, and the patient who the message was sent in regards to. Next, the report displays the phone number that was used. When known, the report will display where the number comes from (i.e., from a parent account). If your practice typed in a number when they sent the text, the number’s origin may not be known.
Finally, the report will display the Message and the Message Status. You can use the Message Status to understand whether a message was successfully delivered, bounced by the cell phone carrier, or if something else happened.
Turn On and Configure Direct Text Messaging
If your practice wants to send direct text messages to patients and families from PCC EHR, you must first turn this feature on. Open Practice Preferences from the Configure menu and select the “Enable Send Text” option.
After you have turned on the feature, the next time a user logs in they will see the “Send Text” option on the Schedule queue and in the Edit menu when editing a patient chart.
You can also customize the default footer text that appears on outgoing text messages sent to single recipients. Note that the footer contributes to the overall total limit of 160 characters.
Note that these setting are for the Send Text features only, and they do not affect Broadcast Messaging or patient portal notification text messages.
Who Pays for Single Outgoing Text Messages?: Your practice’s PCC Care Plan contract covers 100% of costs for outgoing, single direct texts to patients and families.
UC 2020 Videos and Course Materials
Our first-ever virtual Users’ Conference took place as a series of online sessions over May and June 2020.
The sessions for UC 2020 touch on topics across the same wide spectrum you’ve come to expect from our in-person events. Our courses cover the basics around practice management, immunizations, and practice culture, but we will also be placing a unique focus on adaptability. With additional courses on telehealth, COVID-19 response, office security, and how you can become an integral role in your community, we hope you can leave our UC courses feeling empowered.
All sessions are recorded, and you can revisit them at any time by following the links below.
Course Descriptions, Slides, and Videos
Course Title | Course Description | Materials |
Kickoff – COVID and Promoting Caring Communities | PCC’s Chip Hart, Director of Pediatric Solutions will welcome you and kick off Virtual UC2020. | |
COVID – Telemedicine (PCC Tools, Best Practices) | Join PCC’s Chip Hart for a timely exploration of how to leverage Telemedicine to keep your practice moving toward your clinical and financial goals. | |
Patient Portal Use in the Age of COVID-19 | Telemedicine and digital communication are more important now than ever before. Learn how to optimize your practice’s and your patients’ use of this powerful tool. Presented by: Kate Taylor | |
Practice Culture | The teamwork required to safely see your patients and staff through this public health emergency must be baked into your practice’s culture. Join Chip Hart to discover some considerations for leading your practice to the understanding that they are part of a team with a common goal. You’ll also learn tips for honestly assessing BOTH of your practice’s cultures; the culture you aspire to and the culture you actually have. Presented by: Chip Hart | |
Coding and Billing During COVID-19 | Rapidly changing payer policies make it difficult to depend on getting paid for the unavoidable changes to your practice brought on by this public health emergency. Let’s look together at codes you can consider and questions you can address which will improve your chances of getting paid without spending precious time on claim appeals and follow up. Presented by: Jan Blanchard | |
Using PCC Tools to Connect to Your Data Safely and Securely | PCC is committed to doing all that we can to protect your data. We offer a number of tools that give you convenient, secure access to your data. Join us to learn about connecting to your data remotely and securely with PCC tools such as SecureConnect, VPN, and RDP. Presented by: Lewis Holcroft | |
Immunization Management – Scanners, Imms Reg, Forecasting, Vaccine Lot Mgmt | Now more than ever, it’s crucial that you know you have viable, available vaccine supply for the diseases you can protect your patients against. In this session we will explore the best ways to use PCC’s Immunization Management tools to safely and efficiently deliver and document all of your vaccine activity. Presented by: Jeremy Hill | |
Optimizing PCC EHR: Workflow and Configuration Improvements You Can Use Today | Well-planned workflows give your clinicians and staff more time to focus on delivering high quality healthcare. This course highlights how to make use of PCC tools for maximum work efficiency and offers advice for how best to use them in your office. Presented by: Lauren Smith | |
A/R Collection Strategies | Join PCC and PedsOne to ask any of your A/R Collection Strategy questions. Presented by: Jan Blanchard, Lynne Gratton, Heidi Chamberlin | |
Insurance Billing Workflows | PCC’s Lynne Gratton, CPPM, will discuss PCC’s best practices for insurance billing. We’ll review new workflow options, including how to check eligibility and update policies quickly and easily in the EHR, post charges, submit claims, and verify submission. Along the way, you will learn tips and tricks to improve your day-to-day workflow. Presented by: Lynne Gratton | |
PCC June COVID-19 Release | Be among the first to learn about the features that PCC will deliver to you next. This session is a training/overview of the PCC May/June COVID Release. You’ll learn how to do things like chat with your practice inside PCC EHR, use personalized Snap Text to automatically insert frequently used text, attach documents to future appointments and MORE! Presented by: Brian Kennedy | |
Recall Strategies | Especially now, preventive care is crucial to the health of children and pediatric practices. How well is your practice doing at delivering this essential care in light of the Public Health Emergency? Learn how some practices are putting their resources to work now to get each and every patient in for those physicals, flu shots, and chronic care management. You’ll get best practices, samples, and more as part of this call to action. Presented by: Chip Hart | |
Get the Most Out of Your Relationship with Your Client Advocate | Client Advocates are an integral piece of PCC’s support services. Engaging in regularly scheduled calls with your Client Advocate allows you to discuss immediate concerns, learn about the tools and services available to your office, and identify important items to work on and discuss over time. These check-ins foster a more personalized relationship between you and PCC by encouraging you to set aside time to work on small and big-picture projects. Come learn about the many ways your Client Advocate can help to improve your practice. Presented by: Jim Smith | |
What’s Next with PCC eRx? | For details on all of the latest PCC eRx news and coming attractions, join PCC’s Morgan Ellixson-Boyea for this info-packed session. You’ll learn about lots of work that’s gone on under the hood in the last year and why it matters to you. Morgan will also outline upcoming features and share the benefits you’ll see in the next version of PCC eRx. Finally, you’ll discover Morgan’s expert recommendations for some known challenges for users and what can be done about them. Presented by: Morgan Ellixson-Boyea | |
Improve Your Practice Health with PCC’s Practice Vitals Dashboard | Your PCC Practice Vitals Dashboard displays key metrics about your practice to keep you informed of its financial and clinical health. Join us for a tour of PCC’s Dashboard, including the new COVID-19 Dashboard designed to help you stay informed about the changing healthcare landscape and how it is impacting your practice. You’ll learn how to use the Dashboard to monitor various clinical and financial measures including well visit rates, immunization rates, screening rates, accounts receivable, revenue-per-visit, patient population trends and much more. Presented by: Tim Proctor | |
PCC Roadmap: What’s New? | What’s new at PCC? New faces, new ideas, and new features and services! Join Scott Ploof for PCC’s year in review. You’ll learn about the best new tools and advancements in PCC software since last year’s UC, and you’ll also learn what’s been changing in the PCC community. Presented by: Scott Ploof | |
Roadmap – Look Ahead | Join PCC’s Paula VanDeventer for a tour of PCC’s upcoming Roadmap: What we are developing for you right now, and our plans for the second half of 2020. We will talk about the ongoing integration of PCC EHR and Practice Management, new patient engagement opportunities through the patient portal and pocketPCC, the Report Library, the Dashboard, the Appointment Book and PCC eRx. We’ll also show new Interoperability features, continuing to expand on opportunities for delivering improved patient care. Presented by: Paula VanDeventer | |
The Transformation of Healthcare Through Artificial Intelligence | The adoption of artificial intelligence (AI) in healthcare is increasing, solving a variety of problems for patients and providers. Starting with a background and history of AI in healthcare and how the use of algorithms and software can approximate human cognition in the analysis of complex medical data and decision-making, the presentation will address AI’s ability for computer algorithms to approximate conclusions without direct human input. AI in healthcare represents a collection of technologies enabling machines to comprehend and learn so that they can perform administrative and clinical healthcare functions. The primary aim of health-related AI applications is to analyze relationships between prevention or treatment techniques and patient outcomes. The most obvious use of AI in healthcare is data management and its compatibility with our existing EHRs. Today, AI programs are designed and used in the diagnosis processes, treatment protocol, drug development, personalized medicine, and patient monitoring and care. Expectations are that AI will move into eliminating repetitive jobs and allowing for predictive automation. We will discuss the ethics and risks of machine involvement over traditional practices and consider how the market is responding to AI innovation. Presented by: Jeffery Daigrepont, Coker Group, Senior Vice President | |
Practice Oversight Reporting | As a managing physician or practice administrator, have you ever wondered which reports you should be monitoring regularly to ensure the practice is operating successfully? This session will highlight PCC’s robust Dashboard and practice management reporting capabilities, focusing on reports that will allow you to keep your finger on the pulse of your practice. Discover the numbers that really matter and how to find and track the information you need most. Presented by: Tim Proctor | |
How to Implement Health and Human Services Recommended Cybersecurity Practices | Protect Your Practice from Becoming a Victim of Cyber-Crime by implementing the recommended best practices as outlined by HHS. In this session, we will walk through each of the ten best practices and how you can apply this to your practice. The key takeaway will be to give you the tools to promote a safe environment which protects the integrity of your patients data. Presented by: Marissa Maldonado Coker Group, Senior Vice President, Specialized in Managed IT Services for Pediatric Groups | |
Setting Up Accounts Payables and Your General Ledger | Many practices continue to rely on antiquated ways of processing their accounts payable. Find out “best practices” to organize and process the bills the practice needs to pay each month. This presentation will provide attendees with practical solutions to automate the bill-paying process and provide the proper general ledger structure to correctly monitor the financial position of your practice. Presented by: Paul D. Vanchiere, MBA | |
Telehealth/Telemedicine Services Strange World Today, Isn’t It??? | Pediatric coding expert Donelle Holle, RN is back! She will talk to you all about pediatric CPT and ICD-10 coding for Telemedicine/Telehealth. You’ll gain a better understanding of the documentation that is needed for each. Donelle will also field your questions, so come prepared to ask and be ready to update your knowledge on coding for Pediatrics. You might just leave giggling, too. Presented by: Donelle Holle, RN | |
Marketing playbook for practices that will thrive in 2020 | With the proliferation of urgent cares, after-hours clinics, retail clinics and telemedicine, it is vital that we compete and position our practices as the go-to place for the children in our community. In order to do this, we have to let go of the traditional methods of marketing and embrace newer, innovative yet simple techniques. Presented by: Nneka Unachukwu, MD | |
Social Determinants of Health: Screen but then what? | In this session we will discuss the newly realized importance of social determinants of health (SDoH), including adverse Childhood Experiences, to child well-being and long term health and mental health of both parents and children. SDoH screening is now recommended by the American Academy of Pediatrics but leaves many clinicians floundering for what to do when the screen is positive. In this session we will describe a variety of SDoH screening tools, and novel functionality to assist clinicians with words for discussion, resources, individualized post-visit messaging, connection to local relevant referral sources and follow up tracking. Documenting the SDoH for your patients can assist in negotiation with insurers based on risk. The session will also describe how physicians can earn Maintenance of Certification Part 4 Quality in Practice credits for improving the use of SDoH screening without requiring chart review. Presented by: Barbara Howard, MD | |
Getting Started with Clinical Document Exchange (CDE) | Having instant access to important patient clinical data is more important than ever. With CDE Responder, other healthcare organizations can have instant access your patients’ clinical data, such as major diagnoses and drug allergies, that is especially important in an urgent care situation. This course will take you through an overview of Clinical Document Exchange (CDE), the required training, and steps for getting started. Following this course you will have the opportunity to be one of the first practices enabled with this new functionality. Presented by: Dan Gilette, Sasha Pavlovic, Scott Kirby | |
Develop Your Practice’s Strategic Plan | Strategic planning is the very thing that gives practices security and direction in challenging times such as these. An agreed upon, specifically designed *and stated* higher purpose is one of the keys to maintaining high performance. Join PedsOne’s Tim Rushford at this pragmatic session which includes the specific steps of developing a strategic plan for your practice. Presented by: Tim Rushford, Owner of PedsOne | |
Improving Asthma Management for Quality and your Bottom Line | Let’s re-visit how we can manage asthma to improve patient access and office efficiency. Coordinating an in-house asthma management program can improve the quality of care delivered to your patients, improve the satisfaction of patients, staff and providers; improve asthma management benchmarks while also increasing your revenue. Come and join us to learn more! Presented by: Jeanne Marconi, M.D. | |
Safe Return to Normal Roundtable | In response to attendee requests, we have added this crowdsourcing opportunity. Bring your ideas and questions about safely returning to seeing patients in your physical office. How do you manage patient flow? Which visit types are telemedicine only? Join us for a big Zoom meeting where you have a chance to share and hear about solutions your colleagues have developed to protect kids and families as we all create the new definition of “normal”.Presented by: Lynne Gratton, CPPM | |
Pediatric Hypertension Management | Pediatricians are doing better screening for mental health and obesity, but are you reaching your blood pressure measurement goals? Does your practice have the tools needed for proper diagnosis of hypertension? Join Suzanne Berman, MD, FAAP for this discussion of the clinical and practice management considerations of identifying and treating pediatric hypertension. Topics will include the 2017 guidelines, ambulatory monitoring, and cost benefit analysis of purchasing and lending equipment. Presented by: Suzanne Berman, M.D. | |
How To Add New Lines of Service To your Pediatric Practice | Looking to expand your practice to include lactation, behavioral health, telemedicine, patient education programs and other valuable services? Susanne will walk you through how to evaluate your options and develop plans for implementing and marketing your new services. Presented by: Susanne Madden, MBA, CEO The Verden Group Inc | |
Mentoring and Networking across the Miles during the Covid Pandemic | In this course, two physicians discuss networking and mentoring across the miles in the age of social distancing. There is currently a need for younger physicians, physicians leaving groups to open independent practices, and physicians stepping up to assume more responsibility in a practice to have a mentor. The need isn’t limited to physicians. Practice managers and support staff also need mentors. Often, there is no one local to act in this capacity. Two physicians, in different locations, at different career stages, in different practice settings, will discuss what they have learned from each other, and how they actually have quite a bit in common, despite these differences. And, because of these differences, they have “enlightened” each other. The mentor-mentee relationship actually goes both ways. The Covid Pandemic has shown that distance is no longer an obstacle. We may be physically distanced, but we can be professionally and socially cohesive. In the end, we hope to empower other PCC clients to establish mentor-mentee relationships with other PCC clients. Together, we are stronger. Presented by: Robin Warner, M.D. and Katie Schafer, D.O. | |
E&M Changes in 2021 | Join Shannon DeConda for a discussion about the proposed changes to E&M services slated to take effect in January 2021. Shannon will review the E&M changes, related documentation requirements, and how these services will be billed if the proposed changes are implemented. She will also outline potential impacts to reimbursement models. Presented by: Shannon O. DeConda, CPC, CEMC, CEMA, CPMA, CRTT | |
Managing Through Change | Managing employees effectively is always challenging. It is more so now, when needs and expectations of patients and employees are changing rapidly; and when new laws are being passed by state and federal officials. This interactive seminar will provide some critical basic tips on policies, communication, application of new laws, and on other burning questions you may have about managing effectively in the “new normal.” Presented by: Kerin E. Stackpole, Esq., SPHR | |
Front Desk Best Practices | PCC’s Lynne Gratton, CPPM, explores front desk best practices related to scheduling, check-in, insurance verification and copay collection. Understand the importance of the front desk when it comes to your practice’s workflow and collection process. Presented by: Lynne Gratton, CPPM | |
C.A.R.E.: The Building Blocks of Exceptional Customer Service | Join us for an enlightening exploration of customer service in the changing healthcare landscape. In this session, Brandon Betancourt, MBA will share with us his recommendations for keeping patients and their needs at the center of all that we do. Brandon offers specific ways to align your compassion with your actions to help attract and retain patients by delivering care the they are looking for. Presented by: Brandon Betancourt, MBA | |
Close to Home: How One Pediatrician Manages and Leverages Practicing in Her Hometown | In this session Dr. Katrina Skinner will share her experience in her hometown during the COVID-19 public health emergency. Topics include the pros and cons of practicing medicine where she grew up, while providing insight about what it means to leverage the hometown advantage to advocate for children a crisis. Presented by: Katrina Skinner, M.D. | |
Building High-Performance Teams | Your practice relies on everyone working as a team to succeed. But, what does working as a team look like? How can you tell if you are performing well? How does your team get better? In this talk, we will review the characteristics of high performing teams, talk about the journey that teams take from their initial formation through achieving high performance, and introduce a technique you can introduce in your practice to drive continuous improvement and increased satisfaction for your team. Presented by: Alex Meyer |
UC 2020 Chat
For UC 2020, PCC is running a chat feature to keep users connected as we attend remote sessions. Presenters and instructors will use the chat as a way to field questions and facilitate discussion, and it can also be used to talk and connect with other session attendees.
The chat will be live for the duration of our virtual UC, and you can access it outside of session hours. For more details about UC 2020, and a session schedule and links, visit the UC 2020 page on pcc.com.
Sign up for UC Chat
Use the link you received from PCC Marketing to reach the registration page.
Enter your email address, and select a username and password. The chat tool will then send you a verification email.
When you receive the verification email, simply click on the Verify Email button to complete the process.
Now you’re ready to log in!
Logging in to UC Chat
Follow the link from PCC’s UC2020 page, or manually enter the URL for chat in your browser: https://uc2020.pcc.com/uc2020
Enter your email and password to log in to UC Chat.
How to Use UC Chat
On the right is the main message window, and on the left you can select from different channels, or message threads.
Discussion Channels
There are two main channels:
- UC Lobby: This is for general chat and conversation. Talk and connect with other Virtual UC attendees.
- Live Session: This channel is for questions and discussion about UC sessions as they are happening. During sessions, this channel will be moderated and monitored by a PCC staff member, and is where you can ask presenters questions.
Other Channels
There are other channels that provide opportunity to connect directly with other practices who are similar in size and scope. To add them to your ribbon, Click on “More…”
There are channels specific to different sizes of practices, as well as a channel specifically for start up practices. Join one or more of these channels if you want.
There are also channels here for virtual vendors. If you would like to connect directly with one of the vendors, you can do so here.
Direct Messages
If you want to chat with one or more people directly, you can do so by sending a direct message. First, click on the plus next to Direct Messages.
Find and select the person or people you want to message, and then click the “Go” button.
You can now begin messaging these people. Your recent direct messages will appear in the ribbon on the left for easy navigation.
Preferences and Settings
You can change your username, notification settings, avatar, and other details in the Account Settings menu.
The first screen here, “General Settings” gives you options to change your user name and email. You can fill out the “Position” field to let people know more about who you are; it can be helpful to include your position and the name of your practice. You can also add a profile picture here.
Notifications
You can also change your Notification preferences in Account Settings, under the “Notifications” tab.
Print from PCC SecureConnect to Your Home Printer
If you connect remotely to your PCC system using SecureConnect, you can print out of PCC EHR and the Practice Management window wherever you are working.
For more information about getting set up with SecureConnect, read Connect to Your PCC System from Home.
Print out of PCC EHR in SecureConnect
Learn how to print out of PCC EHR while working in SecureConnect.
In PCC EHR, Click “Print”
While working in PCC EHR in SecureConnect, navigate to the item you wish to print and click the Print button.
Select the Printer Named “Print_to_SecureConnect”
In the print options, select the printer named “Print_to_SecureConnect”.
Finish Printing out of PCC EHR
In the PCC EHR print dialogue, click “Print”. The print file will automatically download to your workstation.
Unsuccessful? Try Again: The very first time you try printing out of SecureConnect, your web browser might not be successful in printing the document. Don’t panic! Exit SecureConnect, sign back in, and try again. If you continue to experience issues printing out of SecureConnect, contact PCC Support.
Open the Print File in a Document Viewer Window
Find the print file in your internet browser or computer’s downloads folder. Double-click the file to open it in a document viewer on your local workstation.
Files Might Open Automatically: Some workstations and web browsers are configured to open files automatically upon download, saving you the step of having to find the documents in your downloads folder.
Print the File to Your Local Printer
In the document viewer window, open the File menu and click “Print”. Select your local printer as the destination and print the file.
Print out of Practice Management in SecureConnect
Learn how to print out of Practice Management while working in SecureConnect.
Open a Practice Management Window
In SecureConnect, open a new Practice Management window.
Set Your Default Printer
Most users will automatically be prompted to choose a default printer when they open Practice Management. In this case, type ‘X’ next to the printer named “Print_to_SecureConnect”, then press F1 to save your selection.
Some users will not be prompted to choose a default printer when they open Practice Management and will instead be directed to the main menu screen.
To set your default printer from the main menu screen in Practice Management, select Pick a Default Printer (pickaprinter)
, then choose “Print_to_SecureConnect” as your default.
If you do not see Pick a Default Printer (pickaprinter)
in your main menu in Practice Management, call PCC Support to have the option added.
Find Something to Print and Set a Destination Printer
Navigate to the item you wish to print. Follow the screen prompts to print the file. If you are given the option to define a destination printer, use your default or type in “Print_to_SecureConnect”.
If you are not given the option to define a destination printer, Practice Management will automatically use your default printer setting, which is now “Print_to_SecureConnect”.
Not All Practice Management Jobs Can Be Printed from SecureConnect: Certain kinds of print jobs, such as paper HCFA forms, are configured at the practice level and do not pay attention to users’ personal printer settings. Contact PCC Support if you are having difficulty printing one particular type of job while working in SecureConnect.
Finish Printing out of Practice Management
After you set the destination printer, follow the screen prompts wherever you are working to finish printing the file. The print file will automatically download to your workstation.
Unsuccessful? Try Again: The very first time you try printing out of SecureConnect, your web browser might not be successful in printing the document. Don’t panic! Exit SecureConnect, sign back in, and try again. If you continue to experience issues printing out of SecureConnect, contact PCC Support.
Open the File in a Document Viewer Window
Find the print file in your internet browser or computer’s downloads folder. Double-click the file to open it in a document viewer on your local workstation.
Files Might Open Automatically: Some workstations and web browsers are configured to open files automatically upon download, saving you the step of having to find the documents in your downloads folder.
Print the File to Your Local Printer
In the document viewer window, open the File menu and click “Print”. Select your local printer as the destination and print the file.
For information about how to call up your local workstation’s printer options from Practice Management while working at the office, read Choose Your Practice Management Printer.
Configure Post Charges in PCC EHR
Read the sections below to learn about configuration options and implementation recommendations for the Post Charges features in PCC EHR.
Turn Post Charges Off/On for Appropriate Users
Before your practice can post charges in PCC EHR, you must grant permissions to a user role. After your PCC 8.12 update, administrative users at your practice will have access to Post Charges. You should review your user roles and decide which other users can post charges and queue up an insurance claim.
Open the User Administration tool and visit the Roles tab.
You can create a new “Biller” role, or use an existing role.
When you edit the role, add the new “Post Charges” permission.
Next, review each user at your practice who will post charges and add the role.
For a more detailed guide to setting up roles and configuring user permissions, read Set User Roles for Permissions and Security.
Set a Default Billing Place-of-Service for Telemedicine Encounters
It can be cumbersome to manually switch the billing place of service each time you post telemedicine visit charges. To make posting easier, set a default billing place of service for telemedicine visits in PCC EHR Practice Preferences.
To learn more, read Set a Default Billing Place of Service for Telemedicine Visits.
Configure Billing Behaviors for Each Payer
As you work in Post Charges, PCC EHR can automatically adjust due amounts and what appears on a claim based on your selection and your practice’s configuration.
PCC supports configurations for price schedules, copay rules, capitated plans that adjust off charges immediately, and Medicaid plans (where nothing reverts to personal due). Your practice can customize the billing behavior of any procedure for any insurance plan.
For example, PCC EHR can automatically calculate copays based on procedure codes or percentages. Your staff should rarely have to manually change the copay amount due. The correct amounts will appear in the Procedures component automatically.
For help customizing billing behavior of insurance plans, contact PCC Support.
Create Alerts for Post Charges
Would you like to alert your staff when they open Post Charges? You might have specific reminders you want to deliver when a patient has a certain insurance policy, has an account flag, or when other criteria apply.
You can use Clinical Alerts in PCC EHR to automatically alert your staff when they open Post Charges. To learn how to create a Clinical Alert, read Clinical Alerts.
Configure Your Practice’s Patient Details Protocol for Post Charges
As you post charges in PCC EHR, you can review a customizable Patient Details ribbon.
You can customize the Patient Details protocol to include any components your practice will need when they post charges.
Select “Protocols” from the Configuration menu to open the Protocols Configuration window.
Click “Post Charges – Patient Details” to customize the protocol.
To learn more about how to add and customize components on a protocol, visit the Configure Chart Notes and PCC EHR Components section of learn.pcc.com.
Configure Clinicians, Locations, Procedures and Prices, Claim Behavior, and More
In addition to the items above, there are many aspects of your PCC system that relate to charge posting. For help with any configuration option or maintenance need, talk to PCC Support.
Configure Locations as Subparts of a Main Billing Location
If your practice bills for several facilities, such as when you have a multiple locations across town, you can now designate that a location is a subpart of your main billing location.
To make the change, edit the location in the Places of Service table in the Table Editor (ted
) in your Practice Management window. Or, get PCC Support to make this change for you.
PCC will then automatically use the correct logic to include (or leave out) service facility location information based on electronic claim standards and your practice configuration.
Why and How Pediatric Practices Should Launch a Recall Initiative Today
As a result of COVID-19, the volume of visits to pediatric practices has plummeted. Patients are often afraid to visit their pediatricians. Independent pediatric practices can not assume patients and families will continue to visit. Ongoing patient care is at risk, and practices need to take steps to connect with families in order to stay open.
PCC recommends that all practices launch a patient recall initiative. Get in touch with your families and see your patients!
Why Should My Practice Increase Patient Recall Efforts Now?
Right now, your practice may be short staffed, visit volume is low, and it may feel like the correct thing to do is slow down and wait for the storm to pass. Why use this time to reach out to your patients and families?
PCC believes that the next few months are an essential time to perform recalls and get in touch with families. Here’s why:
-
Preventative Care’s Normal Benefits Are Amplified Right Now: Every missed Bright Futures guideline is an evidence-based lost opportunity to address important developmental issues with children. Pediatric practices are on the front lines for issues around vision, hearing, height, weight, dental health, depression, ADHD, lead, and more. None of these has become less important during the pandemic, and patients are also skipping other visits (like dental, Physical Therapy, etc.) and are not seeing their teachers right now.
-
Pediatricians Identify Abuse and Neglect: Pediatricians, teachers, and other mandated reporters who provide direct care are on the front line of identifying abuse and neglect. During the pandemic, there are fewer sets of eyes on kids.
-
AAP Guidance Promotes Preventive Care: As of the date of this writing, the AAP strongly encourages pediatricians to continue with their preventive care services. “Pediatricians should identify children who have missed well-child visits and/or recommended vaccinations and contact them to schedule in person appointments inclusive of newborns, infants, children, and adolescents.“
-
Employment Uncertainty Means Health Insurance Uncertainty: As unemployment rises and the economy faces uncertainty, families will experience health insurance uncertainty. Get your patients seen now while families still have health insurance.
-
This is a Slower Time for Many Families: Your practice can schedule patients more easily now while they aren’t trying to schedule around sports, school, and other activities.
-
Your Performance-Based Measures Are Still In Play: Practices receiving performance-based payments nearly always depend on the services performed during preventive care visits. Performance-based payments will be vital this year.
-
When Practices Reopen Fully, There Will Be Too Much Demand To See Everyone: Very few practices will have the scheduling availability required to handle the visits lost since March. By definition, that means some children will go without their preventive care visits if they are missed now.
-
Stay in Business So You Can Continue to Provide Care: Most pediatric practices are facing record low visit volume, which means record low revenue. Use patient recall to increase visit volume in order to stay in business, and you will be able to continue to care for your community when things return to normal.
Inform Patients of Your Practice’s New Safety Measures
Before you bring patients into your office, what are you doing to make your office safe? What additional measures and procedures will you put in place?
PCC recommends you share the details of your practice’s pandemic plan directly with your patients and where appropriate in social media. In addition to expanded use of PPE, many practices have switched to a “no waiting room” system, and send families a text message when an exam room is ready for them.
Inform your families that your office is open and has improved safety measures. In your communication, you can also reference recommendations from the AAP and your state’s health department supporting preventive care and chronic disease management visits.
Adjust Visit Workflow
As you plan for a patient recall initiative, your practice should decide which visits you are able to deliver at this time. Which visits can you perform using telemedicine and which will require an in-person visit?
Your decision may be impacted by payment and resources available to you. Your state’s payment rules and individual practice resources will dictate what is appropriate and possible.
After this evaluation, you’ll be able to direct patients to the proper visit method.
Clean Up Your Practice’s Patient List Before You Do a Large Recall
Before you contact large groups of your patients, your practice should do a quick review of your active patient lists.
You can run a patient list report in the PCC EHR Report Library and review a list of your active patients (those who have visited your practice in the past 3 years, for example).
Flag any patients that you know should be marked as “inactive”, “transferred”, or “hospital only” (e.g., you saw them as a newborn but they never came to your practice). When you perform your patient recall, you can exclude patients with those flags.
PCC can configure your practice’s system to automatically “autoflag” patients and families based on criteria, such as visit frequency. Contact PCC Support for assistance.
Perform Recalls For Specific Patients and Needs
Which patients should you identify and recall for appointments, and when?
Consider the following groups of patients for your recall:
-
-
Overdue Well: Recall patients who are overdue (or are about to become overdue) for regular well visits. The screening and guidance directed by Bright Futures are vitally important.
-
Overdue Vaccines (Under 2): Recall patients who are overdue (or are about to become overdue) for any of the vaccines recommended by age 2. Preventing a measles outbreak is just as vital and important as ever.
-
Overdue Vaccines (Adolescent): Recall patients who are overdue (or are about to become overdue) for any of the adolescent vaccine series (HPV, Meningococcal, TdaP).
-
Overdue Vaccines (School/Daycare Required): Recall patients who are overdue (or are about to become overdue) for any of the vaccines needed for daycare or school. Families struggling to manage daycare coverage do not want to be held up by an overdue vaccine.
-
High BMI and Obesity Management: Recall patients who have a high BMI % or known obesity concerns. Follow up on nutrition plans and weight management, and provide additional resources these patients may need (for example, how to get healthy meals from school).*
-
Depression and Anxiety: Recall patients who have active depression or anxiety diagnoses (or active meds for these conditions) or other behavioral or developmental concerns.*
-
ADHD: Recall patients who are on ADHD medications who need a followup.*
-
Asthma: Recall patients with asthma diagnoses who need a medication followup or who need an adjustment to their Asthma Action Plans.*
-
Care Plans: Recall patients with active Care Plans that may need review or adjustment during the COVID crisis.*
-
Referrals: Follow up on open referrals and other incomplete orders. This work is a vital Care Management service.*
-
*Telemedicine-Friendly Visits: These encounters may work well as a telemedicine encounter or phone/portal message encounter. They may not require an in-person visit, and yet they are particularly valuable during a time of high stress and anxiety. If your practice provides integrated mental health services, you can work with your clinicians around a patient recall focus in that area.
How to Code and Bill For These Visits
Your practice may be changing aspects of the exam and other services. You may be providing telemedicine visits, scheduling followups to complete well exams, and more.
PCC is following news on payment for telemedicine and other services that have increased during the pandemic. We host a billing drop-in web lab where we discuss coding, billing, and practice management topics, and we co-host an ongoing webinar series on the Business Impact of COVID-19 on Pediatric Practices. Review these resources to track changes to the ongoing pediatric billing landscape.
You can also review specific COVID-19 billing scenarios by reading Code and Bill for a COVID-19 Related Encounter which includes a quick reference guide for billers, with tips on billing for remote services and more.
Create a Library of Resources and Links for Your Patients and Families
When you recall and see patients, what additional resources can you provide? PCC recommends you review your standard links, handouts, and materials and expand them to meet current topics.
Your practice’s library of resources will engage your patients before and after visits, make your in-person time more efficient and effective, and promote the value of pediatric work.
Use PCC’s Reports and Other Tools to Perform Your Recall
How will you create a list of patients, filter it based on criteria, and then contact your patients and families?
PCC EHR’s Report Library has customizable reports with a wide range of criteria for performing a recall. Patient-based reports also include PCC’s built-in Broadcast Messaging feature, which will allow you to send emails and text messages to your patients and families.
The following reports in the PCC EHR Report Library will help you identify and contact appropriate patients:
-
-
- Preventive Care Recall report
- Chronic Condition Recall report
- Care Plans by Date report
- Vaccine Recall report
- Orders By Visit report (for referrals or other incomplete long-term orders)
-
If you run a patient-based report, you can then click “Export” to send a custom email and/or text message to patients and families. If you use order and procedure based reports (like the Vaccine Recall report and Orders By Visit), you can customize the output to include contact information and export the list.
Learn More By Seeing Examples: To learn how to run recall reports, you can watch the Recall Patients for Preventive Well Visits video, or read example procedures in Recall Overdue Patients for Well or Chronic Condition Visits or Find and Recall Patients Who Are Overdue for Vaccines.
Customize Report Criteria and Output: Want to learn how to customize a PCC EHR report? Watch or read Create a Custom Report (video, article).
If you need help finding, running, or customizing your recall reports to your practice’s specific need, contact PCC Support.
Review Responses and Mass Messaging Details
Did messages go out, and are you reaching patients? If you use PCC’s built-in Broadcast Messaging features, you can later run reports to examine your recall activity. In addition to tracking down missing contact information, your practice can use PCC’s reporting tools to evaluate the visit volume impact of performing a recall.
A guide to the new Broadcast Message reporting tools is coming soon.
Send Chat Messages to Colleagues
PCC EHR includes a chat/instant messaging tool that lets you chat and send messages to other PCC EHR users.
Chat allows you to communicate quickly with the rest of the staff and clinicians at your office without having to log in to another program.
To watch a video about Chat, click here.
Send a New Message
To send a message, click on the “Chat” icon at the bottom of the EHR window.
If you have any existing message threads you can find and open them here. Or, simply click on the “New” button to find any PCC EHR user at your practice.
Use the “To:” field to search for the user you want, or select a user using the drop-down menu.
Who is on Chat?: The user list in Chat includes all active PCC EHR users. The order in which they appear is controlled by the settings in the User Selection List in the User Administration tool. If your practice uses Care Center functionality, users from your Care Center will always appear at the top of the list.
Then simply begin typing. Other users will be notified that they have a new chat message, and can respond. If you have the chat window open, it will automatically refresh as the conversation continues.
When you get a reply, it will appear instantly in the chat window. All chat messages are time stamped, so you can see exactly when they arrived.
Close the chat using the “Close” button, or use the back arrow to return to the Chat inbox.
Receiving Messages and Message Notifications
When you have new messages, the Chat icon at the bottom of the PCC EHR window will indicate that you have messages waiting with a red circle.
When you open Chat, you will see unread messages at the top of the of your Chat inbox in bold. Click a message to open the conversation and reply.
Reply to the message, and then either return to the Chat inbox, or close Chat and continue with your work.
Chat History is saved in PCC EHR: All chat messages are saved in PCC EHR. Scrolling back through a conversation will reveal the entire chat history between two users.
Chat with Groups of Users
You can create groups of users to send messages and converse with the full group of users, all at once.
Create, manage and edit groups through the User Administration tool’s Chat Groups tab. Click “Add Group” to create a new group of users.
Check the box alongside each user’s name to add that user to the new group. Name the group at the top of the window and click save. Each group name can only be used once, so you won’t be able to duplicate group names, but to avoid confusion, be sure that your group names don’t match existing users. For example, if you have a user called “Nurse” make sure to name your group of nurses something like “Nurse Group” to differentiate the group from the individual.
When you’ve created one or more groups, they’re available in the chat window’s “To” menu, at the bottom of the list of users.
The message appears to the whole group, and any replies will be marked with the replying user’s name.
You can edit or delete groups at any time in the User Administration tool. To add or remove users, or rename a group, select the group in the Chat Groups tab and click Edit.
Check or uncheck the box to add or remove a user, then click Save.
When a user is removed from the group, they’ll still be able to see the message history, but will no longer see any new messages or have the option to send messages to the group.
If your practice deletes a group, the same is true. Each user will be able to see the history of the conversation, but the option to send a message will be removed, and replaced with “This conversation is closed.”
Expand Short Text into Common Phrases in PCC EHR
Expand Short Text into Full Phrases in PCC EHR
PCC EHR’s Snap Text automatically expands a short typed text into a full word or phrase, reducing your typing and saving you time.
To watch a video about Snap Text in PCC EHR, click here.
Each user can customize their own personal Snap Text and your office can set practice-wide entries for all users.
User Permission
Each user can manage their own Snap Text, but managing the practice-wide defaults is accessible via the User Administration tool. Give users access to manage your practice-wide defaults by adding permission to a user role, or creating a new role exclusively for Snap Text Configuration.
Open the User Administration tool and visit the Roles tab, select a role, and check the Snap Text Configuration box.
For a more detailed guide to setting up roles and configuring user permissions, read Set User Roles for Permissions and Security.
Create Snap Text
To create your own Snap Text, open My Account within PCC EHR’s File menu and select the Snap Text tab.
Each user is listed in the drop down menu on the upper right. Select yourself, or, if you have access, Practice Defaults.
Here, you’ll find two fields, one for your typed text, and one for the expanded text. Enter your short text in the first field, and the full, expanded, text in the second. The short text should be a few characters long, and the expanded text can be as long as you need.
Typed text can be any combination of characters. It is case sensitive, so the expanded text will only be triggered if the letter case matches, that also means that “ABC” and “abc” can both be used to trigger different expanded texts. After text is expanded, you can select “Undo” from the Edit menu, or ctrl+x to undo the expansion and return to the unexpanded text.
Avoid Common Words, Use a Prefix Character: Whatever short codes you enter will be automatically replaced by the expanded text when you press space, or in the case of multi-line text fields, enter, or return.You should avoid real words that might be used in a different context. Consider using a special character prefix before your code. For example, “.adhd” to expand to “Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder” while still leaving “adhd” available to be used without being expanded.
Practice Defaults Matching a Single User's Snap Texts: When a user’s typed text matches a practice default typed text, the user’s snap text will take precedence over the practice default for that user.
Click Save, and you’ll be returned to the Snap Text tab, where you can add another or Save and Exit.
Copy And Edit Snap Texts
Each user can view, but not edit, the snap texts of other users.
When reviewing another user’s entries, any user can copy entries to their own list by using the copy button at the bottom of the tab.
Any of your snap texts can be edited by selecting it from your list, and clicking the edit button. Simply change the text, or if it’s no longer needed, click the delete button to delete it from your list.
Change an Encounter’s Billing Place of Service After Posting Charges
You can adjust an encounter’s place of service when you Post Charges in PCC EHR.
Sometimes you need to change the billing place of service of an encounter after the charges have already been posted.
Read below to learn how to change the billing place of service of a phone note, portal message, or visit encounters using the Correct Mistakes (oops)
program, found in the Practice Management window in PCC EHR.
Open Correct Mistakes (oops)
and Find an Account
In the Practice Management window in PCC EHR, open oops
, the Correct Mistakes program. Search for an account by name or PCC number.
Choose the Visit Status Option
Press F5 to work with the Visit Status option.
Select an Encounter to Edit
Select an encounter to edit using the oops
screen line numbers. Or, make a selection using a claim ID number (F3) or the encounter date (F4).
The Whole Encounter Is Affected: Whether you select one charge or an entire encounter, adjustments to the billing place of service will affect all charges related the encounter you are editing.
Navigate to the Last Page of Settings
The billing place of service field is on the last page of the Changing Visit Information screen. Use Page Down or Fn + down arrow to navigate to the last page of settings.
Change the Billing Place of Service
Overwrite the ‘POS’ field with a new billing place of service. This will not change the appointment location of the encounter in PCC EHR, only the place of service that gets submitted on insurance claims.
Pricing and Other Charge Settings Stay the Same: Some practices have special information files (also called ‘ibar’ files) that use the billing place of service of an encounter to determine charge-specific settings, like pricing, copays, and write-offs. Special information file settings are only observed when charges are posted in PCC EHR Post Charges or the checkout
program in Practice Management. Modifying an encounter’s billing place of service in the Visit Status screen after charges have been posted does not adjust pricing or other charge settings.
Save Your Changes
Press F1 to save the new Visit Status settings and return to the main oops
screen.
Optionally, Generate a Claim
If you are ready to bill the encounter to insurance, press F2 to initiate the claim submission process.
Read How to Fix and Resubmit an Insurance Claim for detailed instructions about how to generate a corrected claim for insurance.
Analyze and Respond to COVID-19’s Impact in Your Dashboard
Use the COVID-19 section of your Practice Vitals Dashboard to see how the crisis is impacting your practice and what you can do to respond.
Open the Dashboard and Review COVID-19 Impacts
To log into your Practice Vitals Dashboard, select “Practice Vitals Dashboard” from the Reports menu.
Click on the new COVID-19 tab to review trends and metrics specific to your practice.
Graphs are based on weeks, going back to 2/17 as a pre-coronavirus baseline. Data points are updated live from your practice every morning.
COVID-19 has an effect on your practice’s charges and payments (cashflow), your visit volume, and how you see patients. The new dashboard section visualizes those impacts based on data from your PCC system, and it also provides explanations and ways to take action.
To see graphs and analysis based on data from pediatric practices around the country, visit The Business Impact of COVID-19 on Pediatric Practices.
How Often Does COVID-19 Dashboard Data Update?: Your PCC system automatically updates your COVID-19 Dashboard numbers every night. Since many data points are based on weekly totals, you may not notice changes every day.
See How Well Your Payors are Paying for Telemedicine Sick Visits
Do your payers pay you for telemedicine sick visits, and do they do so on par with payment for in-person sick visits? Use the new Telemedicine Payment Parity section of your Practice Vitals Dashboard to find out. This section was added to all practice dashboards during the 8.13 release cycle, in June of 2020.
The overall practice percentage summarizes how well you are being paid for telemedicine sick visits versus in-person visits, and compares your payment parity rate to other PCC practices.
The Dashboard also displays a breakdown of your top five payors: You can see what their percentage is of your total visit volume, and then see how well they are paying for telemedicine sick visits versus in-person sick visits.
Is a specific payor paying you on par for 99214s, but paying you less for 99213s? The CPT Breakdown section shows which visit codes are being paid on par and which are falling short. You can choose to look at all insurances or just one specific payor.
PCC updates the Telemedicine Payment Parity numbers, along with the rest of the data on the COVID-19 dashboard, every day. For questions or help interpreting your numbers, contact PCC.
100% Parity or Greater Doesn't Always Mean Telemedicine Pays Better: You might notice that your overall score, or that of a certain payor, exceeds 100%. This usually does not indicate that telemedicine sick visits pay better than those conducted in-person. It is more commonly a reflection of how many telemedicine visits you are billing to each payor, and what proportion of your overall visit volume they represent. If you have questions about your payment parity score, please contact PCC.
Payment Projections for Your Practice
The COVID-19 dashboard includes short-term payment projections for your practice in the “Weekly Charges and Payments” graph.
The dashboard creates these projections based on your daily charges, your average collection rate (a ratio between payments and charges), and your typical A/R days (an approximation of how long it takes you to get paid for a charge).
Your actual collection rate may not match its historical value. As practices shift to more telemedicine visits, collection ratio may drop.
Note also that these projections only include charges your practice has posted for billing. If current circumstances lead to a delay in posting, your A/R days will climb. PCC recommends you post all charges and submit claims daily, and your practice can use the new Post Charges workflow in PCC EHR to speed up that process.
Visit Categorization Update
PCC recently adjusted the default categorization of visits for many reports. Just as you can now see data on your Telemedicine and Phone visit rates in your Practice Vitals Dashboard, you may also see those categories in financial and charge-based reports in the Smart Report Suite in Practice Management.
If your practice previously used a custom visit category configuration (in order to break out mental health visits, for example), we did not adjust your configuration for Practice Management reports. Contact PCC Support to make changes to report configuration for visit categories or any other configuration needs.
PCC June COVID-19 Release
PCC has launched a series of rapid updates in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We are beta testing and rolling out new functionality in direct response to the situation as it evolves. Read below to learn about new features and updates planned for our June 2020 release. Contact PCC Support for information about these new features or about any PCC product or service.
PCC COVID-19 Release Feature Videos: You can watch a video playlist which covers the major features PCC has developed during the COVID-19 pandemic and includes tutorials on related topics.
Migration Considerations for Your Practice: The PCC June COVID-19 update includes features that may require configuration and user-specific software training. Read about the features below and then review the PCC June COVID-19 Release Migration Considerations article.
Chat With Your Practice Inside PCC EHR
PCC EHR includes a chat/instant messaging tool that lets you chat and send messages to other PCC EHR users.
Chat allows you to communicate quickly with the rest of the staff and clinicians at your office without having to log in to another program.
Send a New Message
To send a message, click on the “Chat” icon at the bottom of the EHR window.
If you have any existing message threads you can find and open them here. Or, simply click on the “New” button to find any PCC EHR user at your practice.
Use the “To:” field to search for the user you want, or select a user using the drop-down menu.
Who is on Chat?: The user list in Chat includes all active PCC EHR users. The order in which they appear is controlled by the settings in the User Selection List in the User Administration tool. If your practice uses Care Center functionality, users from your Care Center will always appear at the top of the list.
Then simply begin typing. Other users will be notified that they have a new chat message, and can respond. If you have the chat window open, it will automatically refresh as the conversation continues.
When you get a reply, it will appear instantly in the chat window. All chat messages are time stamped, so you can see exactly when they arrived.
Close the chat using the “Close” button, or use the back arrow to return to the Chat inbox.
Receiving Messages and Message Notifications
When you have new messages, the Chat icon at the bottom of the PCC EHR window will indicate that you have messages waiting with a red circle.
When you open Chat, you will see unread messages at the top of the of your Chat inbox in bold. Click a message to open the conversation and reply.
Reply to the message, and then either return to the Chat inbox, or close Chat and continue with your work.
Chat History is saved in PCC EHR: All chat messages are saved in PCC EHR. Scrolling back through a conversation will reveal the entire chat history between two users.
Use Snap Text to Chart Faster and More Consistently
PCC EHR’s Snap Text automatically expands a short typed text into a full word or phrase, reducing your typing and saving you time.
Each user can customize their own personal Snap Text and your office can set practice-wide entries for all users.
Create Snap Text
To begin creating your own Snap Text, open My Account within PCC EHR’s File menu and select the Snap Text tab.
Each user is listed in the drop down menu on the upper right. Select yourself, or, if you have access, Practice Defaults.
Here, you’ll find two fields, one for your typed text, and one for the expanded text. Enter your short text in the first field, and the full, expanded, text in the second. The short text should be a few characters long, and the expanded text can be as long as you need.
Typed text can be any combination of characters. It is case sensitive, so the expanded text will only be triggered if the letter case matches, that also means that “ABC” and “abc” can both be used to trigger different expanded texts.
Click Save, and you’ll be returned to the Snap Text tab, where you can add another or Save and Exit.
Avoid Common Words, Use a Prefix Character: Whatever short codes you enter will be automatically replaced by the expanded text when you press space, or in the case of multi-line text fields, enter, or return. You should avoid real words that might be used in a different context. Consider using a special character prefix before your code. For example, “.adhd” to expand to “Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder” while still leaving “adhd” available to be used without being expanded.
Copy And Edit Snap Texts
Each user can view, but not edit, the snap texts of other users. When reviewing another user’s entries, any user can copy entries to their own list by using the copy button at the bottom of the tab.
Any of your snap texts can be edited by selecting it from your list, and clicking the edit button. Simply change the text, or if it’s no longer needed, click the delete button to delete it from your list.
Set User Permissions for Editing Practice Wide Snap Texts
Each user can manage their own Snap Text, but managing the practice-wide defaults is accessible via the User Administration tool. Give users access to manage your practice-wide defaults by adding permission to a user role, or creating a new role exclusively for Snap Text Configuration.
Open the User Administration tool and visit the Roles tab, select a role, and check the Snap Text Configuration box.
For a more detailed guide to setting up roles and configuring user permissions, read Set User Roles for Permissions and Security.
Send a Text Message Directly to the Patient or Family in PCC EHR
Is a family waiting in the car before their appointment? Do you need to send a family a link for telemedicine? You can now send a text message directly to a patient.
When you need to send a quick text message, select an appointment on the Schedule screen and then click “Send Text”.
Select a phone number from the patient’s records or enter a new phone number. Then type your message and optionally turn on/off your practice’s default message footer. Messages are limited to a total of 160 characters and should not contain PHI.
Click “Send” to send the message. The family will receive the message in a few seconds.
In addition to sending a text from the Schedule screen, you can also open any patient’s chart and choose “Send Text” from the Edit menu.
Did They Get My Text? Did We Text That Family Already?: After you click send, PCC EHR will display a brief status window, which will usually tell you that the text was successfully delivered. If the text is stalled for some reason, PCC EHR will close the window to allow you to return to work. Use the Single Text Log report in the PCC EHR Report Library to review what text messages went out (and if any bounced or couldn’t be sent). PCC EHR does not log text messages in patient charts.
What Phone Numbers Appear in the Drop-Down When I Send a Text?: When you create a text message, you can pick from phone numbers that PCC has linked to the patient, including home account phone numbers, the patient’s confidential communication preference, and patient portal numbers. If instead you enter a number manually, PCC EHR will remember that number for later use. The most recent number used by your practice will appear at the top. Any numbers previously identified as invalid will not appear.
Review Your Practice’s Outbound Single Text Messages to Patients and Families
Your practice can use PCC EHR to send a text message to any patient or family member. How can you review what texts were sent and find out if a text was delivered successfully?
Run the Single Text Log report in the PCC EHR Report Library to see your outbound text records.
You can optionally filter the report based on date, user, or patient–or see all messages.
On the report, you can see the date and time, the user at your practice who sent the text, and the patient who the message was sent in regards to. Next, the report displays the phone number that was used. When known, the report will display where the number comes from (i.e., from a parent account). If your practice typed in a number when they sent the text, the number’s origin may not be known.
Finally, the report will display the Message and the Message Status. You can use the Message Status to understand whether a message was successfully delivered, bounced by the cell phone carrier, or if something else happened.
Families Can Use a Phone Number or Email Address to Sign In to the Patient Portal
Families can now sign in to the patient portal using either an email address or phone number as a username.
When you sign families up for the portal, their sign in will be the default choice for portal notifications.
Families Can Choose to Receive Portal Notifications via Email or Text Message
When a portal user is being registered for the portal, they can choose whether or not to use their sign in as a communication method. By default, they will receive portal notifications at the number or email they are using as a sign in.
If the portal user wants to use a different method to receive portal notifications, select the “Use a different method” option.
Portal users can choose a phone number, an email, or both as a portal notification preference. They will receive portal notifications by either email or text messages, depending on the method(s) they choose.
Check the Box: In order to choose a method for portal notifications, you must enter the information, and click the check box to activate it.
Changing Portal Notification Preferences
You can change a portal user’s notification preferences on the Manage Portal User screen by clicking “Edit Portal User”.
Portal Users can Change Their Own Preferences
Portal Users can change their notification preferences on the “Edit Account” screen of the patient portal.
They can change their notification email or phone number, as well as choose to activate or deactivate portal notifications on either method.
Patient Portal Users Component: The Patient Portal Users component, which appears both in pocketPCC and in PCC EHR, has been updated to display users’ portal user name, sign in, and portal notification methods.
Families Can Opt-In or Out for Broadcast Messaging
If a patient or family does not wish to receive text (SMS) messages from your practice, responding “stop” or “unsubscribe” will prevent that number from receiving future texts sent through Broadcast Messaging. Likewise, each email sent via Broadcast Messaging includes an unsubscribe link, that will remove the recipient’s email address from future mailings. These addresses and numbers will be moved to your blacklist, and appear there in the Broadcast Messaging Log Report
If a patient or account has unsubscribed from Broadcast Messaging texts, and would like to begin receiving your practice’s text messages again, they can respond to a previous message with “unstop”. Their number will be removed from the blacklist and they’ll begin receiving your text messages again.
Select Which Phone Numbers To Use For Broadcast Messaging
By default, Broadcast Messaging sends text (SMS) messages to all available phone numbers and email addresses in the patient’s home account, confidential communication preference, and patient portal information. If you prefer to limit which contact methods Broadcast Messaging uses, you can now select which fields should be included in the Practice Preferences menu.
See All Broadcast Messaging Replies on Inbound Messages Report
When a recipient of a Broadcast Message replies via email or text, you can review those replies in a new Inbound Messages report in the Report Library’s Communication category.
Here you’ll see all replies, including automatic responses from emails, and direct replies from users. You can use these results to keep your user’s contact information updated, or follow-up with users who need additional help or answers.
Replies to Broadcast Messages will no longer appear in the Broadcast Message Details Report.
See More Information on the “Blacklist” Column in Broadcast Message Details Report
When a broadcast message can’t be delivered via text to a phone number or via email to an email address, the Broadcast Message Details report will now give you a reason why that contact method was blacklisted and more detail of the message’s status.
The Message Status column now lists if a phone number is not able to receive text messages, or if the message has been accepted by the carrier for delivery, in addition to the statuses or Sent and Not Sent.
If an email or phone number is added to the blacklist, the Excluded from Future Broadcasts column now includes a reason why a contact method has been added. If a text message is sent to a landline, that number is added to the blacklist with the reason “Not Text Enabled”. “Validation Failed” indicates an email address that is invalid or no longer exists.
Check Eligibility for Phone Note and Portal Message Encounters
When you bill for services rendered over the phone or in a portal message, it’s important to verify that the patient’s insurance policy was active during the date of the encounter.
Now you can check insurance eligibility for billed phone notes and portal messages when you post charges in PCC EHR.
As long as the patient’s policy is configured for eligibility, the most recent eligibility information for the date of the encounter appears in the Insurance Eligibility component in the Patient Details section of the Post Charges workflow.
You cannot record notes or statuses in the Insurance Eligibility component when verifying eligibility for phone or portal encounters.
Not all insurance plans offer eligibility, and those that do must be configured on your PCC system. To configure insurance plans for eligibility, contact PCC Support.
Live Eligibility, Not the Batch Eligibility Tool: Phone note and portal message encounters do not appear in the batch Insurance Eligibility viewer under the Tools menu in PCC EHR, nor do they appear in the insurance eligibility (elig)
tool in Practice Management. You may only check eligibility for phone and portal encounters in the Post Charges workflow in PCC EHR.
Analyze and Respond to COVID-19’s Financial Impact on Your Practice
Use the new COVID-19 section in your Practice Vitals Dashboard to see how the crisis is impacting your practice and what you can do to respond.
To log into your Practice Vitals Dashboard, select “Practice Vitals Dashboard” from the Reports menu.
Click on the new COVID-19 tab to review trends and metrics specific to your practice.
Graphs are based on weeks, going back to 2/17 as a pre-coronavirus baseline. Data points are updated live from your practice every morning.
COVID-19 has an effect on your practice’s charges and payments (cashflow), your visit volume, and how you see patients. The new dashboard section visualizes those impacts based on data from your PCC system, and it also provides explanations and ways to take action.
To see graphs and analysis based on data from pediatric practices around the country, visit The Business Impact of COVID-19 on Pediatric Practices.
Visit Categorization Update
As part of this update, PCC adjusted the default categorization of visits for many reports. Just as you can now see data on your Telemedicine and Phone visit rates in your Practice Vitals Dashboard, you may also see those categories in financial and charge-based reports in the Smart Report Suite in the Practice Management window.
If your practice previously used a custom visit category configuration (in order to break out mental health visits, for example), we did not adjust your configuration for reports in your Practice Management window. Contact PCC Support to make changes to report configuration for visit categories or any other configuration needs.
Change an Encounter’s Billing Place of Service After Posting Charges
Adjust the billing place of service of phone note, portal message, and visit encounters after the charges have already been posted in the Correct Mistakes (oops)
program in the Practice Management window in PCC EHR.
In Correct Mistakes (oops)
, press F5-Visit Status, select an encounter, adjust the billing place of service on the last page of settings, and save. Then, from the same window, resubmit the charges to insurance.
Read step-by-step instructions in Change an Encounter’s Billing Place of Service After Posting Charges.
Attach Documents to Future Appointments
Future appointments now appear in the Attach Document drop-down in Import Documents and wherever else you can edit documents in PCC EHR, allowing you to link forms, questionnaires, and images to patients’ upcoming visits.
Once you attach documents to a future appointment, that appointment will appear in the patient’s Visit History.
You can view document attachments in the patient’s Visit History by selecting the encounter and clicking “View Documents”. Attachments open in a Document Viewer window, where you can edit their titles, create tasks, move them to different visits, or remove them from the patient’s chart.
You can also view document attachments within the visit ribbon. Select the encounter in the patient’s Visit History Index, click “Edit”, and navigate to the Documents component. There you can see the document’s settings and manage its related tasks.
For more information about how to import and manage documents in PCC EHR, read Import Documents to a Patient Chart.
Identify Missed and Canceled Visits in a Patient’s Visit History
Sometimes a visit that contains notes or documents ends up being missed or canceled by the patient or your practice. Now, visit ribbons and the patient Visit History display a missed or canceled appointment status when an encounter containing notes or documents has been missed or canceled.
Cancelation information in the Visit History or visit ribbon can help you determine if documents were attached to a visit that never occurred, or if a visit that did occur was charted under the wrong encounter.
When you cancel a visit or mark it missed, related notes, orders, tasks, and document attachments remain intact until someone at your practice manually chooses to edit or delete them.
Pilot Test: Send CHADIS Screenings Automatically by Visit Reason
PCC is developing a stronger integration with CHADIS, making it easier to get the proper screenings to the patients you want. As part of this release, we will be pilot testing the first phase of that integration; PCC EHR can automatically register patients with CHADIS and have CHADIS assign those patients screenings based on the scheduled visit reason in PCC EHR.
Coming Soon: Print from PCC SecureConnect to Your Home Printer
Users who connect remotely to their PCC systems using SecureConnect now have the option to print out of PCC EHR and the Practice Management window wherever they are working.
To print a file while working in SecureConnect, choose the printer named “SecureConnect” as your destination.
When you print, the file will download to your local workstation, where you can open it from your downloads folder and send it to your local printer.
For step-by-step instructions about how to print out of SecureConnect, read Print from PCC SecureConnect to Your Home Printer.
Improved Portal Payment Processing
Under certain circumstances, such as when a family closed their patient portal window before the payment transaction completed, portal payments occasionally did not appear in your PCC database. Additionally, in April and May of 2020, the BluePay payment network experienced processing delays which exacerbated the problem.
In April, PCC distributed patches to all practice systems to address this problem. Now the patient portal can validate a payment even if the user has prematurely closed their window. Your PCC system also looks for any stuck payments and makes sure they arrive.
As payments may occasionally take several minutes to arrive on your PCC system, a family might submit a duplicate payment by mistake. Your practice can identify and resolve duplicate payments and other payment issues by reviewing the Portal Payments report in the PCC EHR Report Library.
Other Updates and Bug Fixes
-
Review Communication Reports in New Report Library Category: When your office needs to review your sent Broadcast Messages, texts, and related details, you can now find those reports in a new Communications section in the PCC EHR Report Library.
-
Patient Portal Administration is Easier to Read: When you manage a patient portal account, the interface that displays user details is easier to read, mirroring what your front desk sees during Patient Checkin or in the patient chart.
-
Telemedicine Component Will Display Portal Username: The Telemedicine component, which appears at the top of telemedicine chart notes, will now display the portal user name(s) for the patient, and not the user’s email address. Prior to the PCC June COVID-19 release, the portal’s username was also their email address for portal notifications.
-
One Less Click for Selection and Drop-Down: When you select a bullet item, and then choose from a drop-down, PCC EHR is now smart enough to not require the extra click to select the drop-down. You’ll notice this improvement in various places in PCC EHR, including the Export menu of the PCC EHR Report Library.
-
See Failed Messages Per Broadcast Run in Broadcast Messaging Log: Use the new “Failed Messages” column in the Broadcast Messaging Log to see if your broadcast messages are getting through.
-
Improve Patient Recall Reporting By Excluding Cancelled Appointments: If a practice used a patient-based report to perform a patient recall, under certain circumstances the output could include cancelled appointments and orders. The PCC June COVID-19 update tweaks the criteria behavior for patient list reports so that when you wish to include patients by appointment and orders, they will not include cancelled appointments or orders.
-
Send Fewer Rejected/Bounced Broadcast Messages With Improved Email Validation: In April, PCC updated all practices to improve email validation. If your practice records an invalid email address in an email field, Broadcast Messaging excludes it when it sends messages. We’ve improved this validation with new standards to reduce email errors.
-
Post Charges While Editing the Chart: Under certain circumstances, when a user edited a chart while another user simultaneously saved new posted charges, the charges would not enter the system. This has been resolved.
-
Continue Transmitting Broadcast Messages After Internet Connection Failure: Under certain circumstances, such as when an internet connection failed while transmitting Broadcast Messages, some messages would go out to families and others would not. PCC has added error capturing to the process so that messages will recommence once the connection is restored.
PCC June COVID-19 Release Migration Considerations
The PCC June COVID-19 release includes new features that may need configuration and for which you may want to do extra planning or training. Read below to learn more, and share relevant details with your physicians and staff.
Read the PCC June COVID-19 Release article for complete details on these features. You can also watch the PCC COVID-19 Release Video Series.
Contact PCC Support for information about these or any features in PCC 8.12.
Disable Chat For Your Practice, Make Adjustments for PCC EHR Chat
Chat in PCC EHR is turned on by default. You can turn chat on or off for your entire practice from the Practice Preferences window.
If your practice already uses intra-office chat, such as Pidgin or Spark, you can try out PCC EHR chat and then work with your staff to decide if and when to transition.
Finally, you may want to adjust the number of Visit Statuses that each user watches. Visit Statuses appear at the bottom of your PCC EHR screen–these colorful “jelly beans” help your staff know where they are needed and what’s going on in your practice. With the addition of PCC EHR Chat, each user at your practice might benefit from reviewing what statuses they are watching and trimming the list.
Create Snap Texts, Implement at Your Practice, Authorize Users to Create Practice-Wide Snap Text
If a user at your practice wants to use Snap Text, they can open their My Account tool and create new Snap Text entries. Once one user has created Snap Text entries, other users can view, copy, and modify those entries for themselves.
As individuals at your practice implement Snap Text, consider the following:
-
Prefix Your Snap Texts, Avoid Real Words: PCC recommends that your practice avoid using real words or abbreviations for snap text, as they may trigger unintentionally. One common solution is to prefix your snap text with a special character, such as a period (.).
-
Update and then Log In/Log Out: After a user edits a Snap Text, they will need to log out and log back in to see changes.
-
Disable Your Existing Text Expander: Before you begin using PCC EHR’s Snap Text text expander, turn off any text expander software you already have running on your workstation. Using both simultaneously will create conflicts.
-
Use Practice-Wide Snap Text w/ Caution: When an administrative user creates practice-wide Snap Text, be aware that it may conflict with any other text expander software your clinicians use, and that it will be immediately active for all users.
Each user can manage their own Snap Texts, but managing the practice-wide defaults is accessible via the User Administration tool. Give users access to manage your practice-wide defaults by adding permission to a user role, or creating a new role exclusively for Snap Text.
Open the User Administration tool and visit the Roles tab, select a role, and check the Snap Text Configuration box.
For a more detailed guide to setting up roles and configuring user permissions, read Set User Roles for Permissions and Security.
Turn On and Configure Direct Text Messaging
If your practice wants to send direct text messages to patients and families from PCC EHR, you must first turn this feature on. Open Practice Preferences from the Configure menu and select the “Enable Send Text” option.
After you have turned on the feature, the next time a user logs in they will see the “Send Text” option on the Schedule queue and in the Edit menu when editing a patient chart.
You can also customize the default footer text that appears on outgoing text messages sent to single recipients. Note that the footer contributes to the overall total limit of 160 characters.
Note that these setting are for the Send Text features only, and they do not affect Broadcast Messaging or patient portal notification text messages.
Adjust Patient Portal Sign Up Procedures
Now that families can set up patient portal accounts with their cell phone numbers, and adjust how they receive notifications, your front desk may want to change how they get parents and other family members signed up. Since email is not required, families who don’t use email will now be able to use the portal.
Select Which Phone Numbers To Use For Broadcast Messaging
After your PCC June COVID-19 release update, open the Practice Preferences menu and indicate which contact information your practice will use for Broadcast Messaging.
These options will only appear in Practice Preferences if your office has Broadcast Messaging turned on.
Adjust How You Will Handle Broadcast Messaging Replies
Broadcast Messaging is a one-way communication. Families should not reply. However, sometimes they do! Your practice can use the new Inbound Messages report to review these replies and take action if needed.
Before the PCC June COVID-19 update, your practice may have used an automatic email forward so that that mail sent to the “no reply” address would forward to someone at your practice. After your update, you can discontinue this practice. Contact PCC Support if you need help adjusting email forwarding.
Add Eligibility Review to Billing Workflow for Portal Message and Phone Encounters
You now have the option to review insurance eligibility information for phone note and portal message encounters while posting charges in PCC EHR.
In order to take advantage of this feature, verify that the Insurance Eligibility component is included in the Patient Details section of your Post Charges ribbon. If the component is missing, you can add it using the Protocol Configuration tool in PCC EHR.
Not all insurance plans offer eligibility, and plans that do offer it must be configured in your system by PCC. If you would like to learn whether a plan offers eligibility, contact PCC Support.
Update Permissions for New Communication Category and Broadcast Messaging Logs
The PCC June COVID-19 release includes a new Communications category in the PCC EHR report library, a new Inbound Messages report for reviewing when families respond to broadcast messaging, the log of single text messages, and more. After your update, you may want to review and expand permissions for report categories.
By default, the PCC update will give access to the Communications category for all users who have the Manage Report Library Categories permission in one of their user roles.
You can adjust which users will see this category, and make other changes to Report Library access and other permissions in PCC EHR. For more information, read Set User Roles for Permissions and Security.
Configure PCC EHR for Telemedicine Encounters
Read the sections below to learn how to configure PCC EHR for telemedicine encounters.
Read or Watch a Telemedicine Procedure in PCC EHR: How will your front desk, clinicians, and billers perform telemedicine in PCC EHR? Before you dive into the configuration options below, read or watch Schedule, Chart, or Bill a Telemedicine Encounter in PCC EHR (watch video, read article).
Create Telemedicine Visit Reasons for Scheduling
When you schedule, perform, or bill a telemedicine visit, it should be clear to everyone at your practice that the encounter is happening remotely.
Open the Visit Reasons Editor from the Configuration menu and create one or more visit reasons for telemedicine.
Click “Add” to create a new visit reason. You can name the visit reason, indicate the Visit Type (for helping schedulers pick appropriate times), set whether your practice should print paper forms for the visit, and set both a default duration and optional specific default durations for each clinician.
If your practice commonly performs sick visit and ADHD telemedicine visits, you could create a visit reason (and an accompanying chart note protocol) for each type of visit.
Select Your Telemedicine Vendor
Your practice can choose from a wide range of telemedicine vendors.
PCC has done some research and developed a list of telemedicine vendor options that we believe can provide efficient, safe, and reliable interactions with your patients and families.
Once you’ve chosen a vendor, your practice will need to figure out your workflow for connecting to visits.
Configure Telemedicine Links for Your Providers and Patients
If everyone in your practice is using the same tool, and the vendor supports it, you may have a persistent set of URL web addresses that patients and providers can use to connect.
You can enter those addresses in Practice Preferences.
If you have persistent links for patients, you can enter them in the Patient Access fields
Your practice can then quickly select a link when they schedule or edit appointments.
If you have a persistent link for provider access, you can enter it in the Provider Access field.
Both the provider and patient links will appear at the top of the chart note protocol for a telemedicine visit.
Add New Visit Statuses to Help Manage Telemedicine Visits
The Visit Status on the Schedule screen (and the Visit Status counters in the lower-right corner of your screen) help your practice track what’s going on with all of today’s encounters.
Your practice can create one or more custom Visit Statuses to help understand the status of telemedicine encounters.
Open Visit Status Configuration from the Configuration menu and create one or more visit statuses for telemedicine.
Your practice can use visit statuses so everyone at your practice can know who is on hold, who’s connected, and who is waiting for the provider to join the video chat.
Create a Telemedicine Visit Protocol
In PCC EHR, you can create and customize chart note protocols for different visit types. PCC recommends you create a “Telemedicine Sick” protocol, along with other telemedicine-based protocols you expect to schedule. You can then have that protocol appear automatically for Telemedicine visits.
You can include any typical component in your chart note protocol, and you may want to create custom components or new orders that relate specifically to the types of services that will occur as a result of a telemedicine visit.
To learn how to create and customize a Telemedicine protocol, and find out what other pediatricians are making, read Create a Telemedicine Chart Note Protocol.
Add Telemedicine Procedure Codes and Prices to Your PCC System
Before you can code and bill for telemedicine procedures, you need to add those procedures to your PCC system, along with codes and your practice’s prices.
Create a Telemedicine Procedure Group
If you create a telehealth or telemedicine procedure group, you can easily report on telemedicine A/R and income. You should perform this step first so you can select the group when you create new procedures.
Run the Table Editor (ted
) and Select Procedure Groups
Run the Table Editor (ted
) from the Practice Management Configuration window or by typing ted
at a command prompt. From the list of tables, select #18, Procedure Groups.
Type “Add”
From the procedure group list, press A on your keyboard to add a new procedure group.
Enter Procedure Group Information
Give the new procedure group a name and an abbreviation, determine the order it should appear on screen, and indicate “Yes” to display totals for the new group in PCC reports.
Save the New Procedure Group
Press F1 – Save and Quit to save your new procedure group.
For more help in setting up new procedure groups, contact PCC Support.
Add Telemedicine Procedures, Codes, and Prices
Next, add new telemedicine procedures to your PCC system. Include codes (with modifiers, if appropriate) and prices.
What procedures are currently in use? Your practice may need to consult with insurance payers to understand how to code for telemedicine procedures. PCC recently published a Guide to COVID-19 Billing Codes, which includes full descriptions of different types of telemedicine visits and how to code for them. PCC also created a Telemedicine Timing reference sheet.
Examples:
-
Telephone Service Codes: Use the time-based 99441-99443 for Telephone E&M performed by a MD, DO, NP, or PA. Use 98966-98968 for A&M performed by a RN or MA.
-
Realtime Audio/Video Visit Codes: Use 99211-95 through 99215-95 for live or “synchronous” telemedicine services with realtime audio and video. Note that some payers use a -GT modifier instead of -95 for asynchronous communication (sending and receiving video messages).
The procedure below explains how to add a new procedure to your PCC system.
Run the Table Editor (ted
) and Select Procedures
Run ted
from the Practice Management Configuration window or by typing ted
at a command prompt. From the list of tables, select #6, Procedures.
Type “Add”
From the procedure list, press A on your keyboard to add a new procedure.
Enter Procedure Information
Give the new procedure a name, select your new telemedicine procedure group, enter the associated CPT code (and copy to each line) and set the price for the service (and copy to each line).
What Should We Charge?: The average PCC client charges 176% of Medicare’s payment, using the RVU pricing approach.
Save the New Procedure
Press F1 – Save and Quit to save your new procedure.
For more help in setting up new procedures, contact your PCC Support.
Update Your Electronic Encounter Form w/ Telemedicine Billing Codes
When your clinician is ready to make a visit “Ready for Billing”, they’ll need the right visit codes easily available for a telemedicine visit.
Open Billing Configuration under the Configuration menu and add procedures (and optionally diagnoses) to your practice’s Electronic Encounter Form.
Configure Your Telemedicine Place(s) of Service
When you submit a claim for a Telemedicine visit, you usually need to include a different Place of Service code than for a standard office visit. For example, an “in-office” visit appears on claims with a place of service of 11, and Telemedicine typically need an 02 or a 10.
In most cases, you want to schedule a provider’s time in a single location. In PCC EHR, you can configure appointments scheduled for an office (your main location) to default to a specific Telemedicine location when you post charges. Your biller can change the place of service as they post charges, when needed.
What About Two Encounters?: If a patient is seen for both a telemedicine and an in-person encounter on the same date, with the same clinician, charges with different places of service will result in two separate claims (as of PCC 9.4).
Create New Telemedicine Places of Service
To create a telemedicine place of service for an existing physical location, clone the location and give it a Telemedicine name. Run the Table Editor (ted
) in your Practice Management window and visit table 15, “Places of Service”.
Clone your main office location and adjust the POS Name, Short Name and the Default and HIPAA codes.
Watch Configure Your Telemedicine Places of Service for a walk through.
The “Default” code is typically used on paper claims, and the “HIPAA” code is typically used on electronic claims. The “Schedule” codes are used for special configuration needs by individual payers. As with other claim requirements, check with your carriers to determine billing requirements. For example, some payers may require an 11, 10, or 02 place of service code for telemedicine visits, depending on circumstances. PCC can also help you configure schedules so the correct place of service appears on claims.
Also: always use the full “zip +4” code for places of service!
New Place of Service Codes in 2022: Place of service codes for telemedicine visits are changing in 2022. Depending on your payers’ requirements, your practice may need to create an additional location for telemedicine encounters in which the patient is at home. You can do that by repeating the process above: clone a location, give it a new name, and enter “10” in the location codes. Contact PCC Support for more information and help making changes.
For more information about place of service codes and the changes in 2022, read 2022 Updates to Telehealth (Telemedicine) Place of Service Codes or watch Configure Your Telemedicine Places of Service.
Set a Default Billing Place of Service for Telemedicine Visits
When you schedule a telemedicine visit, it makes sense to use your typical office location in the Appointment Book. Then your doctors can see their whole schedule, and your practice can see what’s happening that day at a glance.
When it’s time to bill, as noted above, payers typically require a special telemedicine place of service on the claim.
It’s cumbersome to manually switch the billing place service each time you post telemedicine visit charges. To make posting easier, you can set a default billing place of service for telemedicine visits for each of your scheduling locations. Follow the procedure below to learn how.
Open Practice Preferences
Click on the Configuration menu and select “Practice Preferences”.
Find Telemedicine Place of Service Mapping
Scroll down the page until you find Telemedicine Place of Service Mapping.
Link Your Scheduling Locations to a Telemedicine Place of Service
Open the Telemedicine Place of Service drop-down next to each of your Scheduling Locations. For each location, pick a default billing place of service for telemedicine visits.
If you don’t want to bill telemedicine visits using a special place of service, use ‘Appointment/Encounter Location’ as the Telemedicine Place of Service default.
The drop-down will show you all of the places of service in your PCC system configured with HIPAA code ’02’ (or ’10’, as of PCC 9.3), which are telemedicine place of service codes.
Log Out and Back In
Log out and back into PCC EHR to load the new settings.
Post Telemedicine Visit Charges in PCC EHR
When you post telemedicine visit charges in PCC EHR, the billing place of service will default to the Telemedicine Place of Service you set in Practice Preferences for that scheduling location.
Use the Billing POS drop-down if you need to change the billing place of service on the fly for a particular visit.
Alternative: Post Telemedicine Visit Charges in ‘checkout’
When you post telemedicine visit charges in Practice Management, the billing place of service will default to the Telemedicine Place of Service you set in Practice Preferences for that scheduling location.If you need to change the billing place of service on the fly for a particular visit, clear out the ‘POS’ field, type in an asterisk (*), and then type ‘Enter’ to see your other options. Highlight an item in the list using your arrow keys and type ‘Enter’ confirm your selection.
Create a Telemedicine Visit Protocol
In PCC EHR, you can create and customize chart note protocols for different visit types. PCC recommends you create a “Telemedicine Sick” protocol, along with other telemedicine-based protocols you expect to schedule. Those protocols can then be configured to appear automatically for telemedicine visits.
Sample Telemedicine Protocol: Take a look at a sample telemedicine protocol, shared by a pediatric practice that uses it every day: Telemedicine Sick Protocol was created by Dr. Seth Bokser at Tamalpais Pediatrics in Larkspur, California.
Watch the Video: For a video walk-through of this procedure, watch Create a Telemedicine Visit Protocol.
Create a Telemedicine Protocol for Sick Visits
Open Protocol Builder
In the Configuration menu, select “Protocols” to open the Protocol Configuration tool. Then open the Protocol Builder.
Clone an Existing Sick Visit Protocol
In the Protocol Builder, pick a sick visit protocol to use as a template for your new Telemedicine Sick protocol. Highlight your choice, then click “Clone”.
Choosing the Right Sick Protocol: If your practice has several sick visit protocols and you aren’t sure which one to choose, the Protocol Map tool can help you decide. The Protocol Map tool shows you how protocols are linked to the visit reasons your practice uses for scheduling. Use it to see which protocol most providers use to chart sick visits. Learn how to use the Protocol Map.
Name and Save Your New Protocol
Name your new protocol. Then click “Clone” to begin customizing its settings.
What About Auto-Notes?: If your practice relies on clinician auto-notes to chart sick visits, you can copy those auto-notes into your new protocol now. If you choose not to copy them now, they can also be added later. Choose “Yes” to copy auto-notes now, or “No” to skip this step. Any auto-notes you copy now will likely need to be adjusted later so that they are accurate in the context of a telemedicine encounter.
Remove Unwanted Components from Your New Protocol
Some components in your new protocol will not be useful for telemedicine encounters (e.g., Medical Procedure Orders). Highlight unwanted components and click “Delete” to remove them.
Will I Use Orders Components During Telemedicine Visits?
Yes! You might need to issue orders even though the patient you are seeing isn’t physically in your office. Here are a few components you might want to keep in your Telemedicine Sick protocol:
-
Immunizations: Keep the Immunizations component in your protocol for quick reference to your patient’s Immunization History and Immunization Forecasting details.
-
Lab Orders: Keep the Lab Orders component in case you want to order external lab tests during a telemedicine visit.
-
Radiology Orders: Keep the Radiology Orders component in case you decide to send a telemedicine patient to get an x-ray.
-
Follow-Up Orders: Use Follow-Up Orders to keep track of your what your patients need after their telemedicine visits.
-
Referral Orders: You might decide during a telemedicine visit that your patient needs to be seen by another provider. Use Referral Orders to document this decision in the patient’s chart.
Customize the Remaining Components for Telemedicine
The components you kept in your new protocol will need to be customized for telemedicine.
Review each component by selecting it from the list and clicking the “Edit” button. Delete unwanted items or add new ones, then save your changes. The items you save into each component will become available for one-click charting once the protocol is live.
To learn more about customizing components inside a protocol, read Create and Edit a Protocol.
Open the Component Builder to Begin Creating Custom Telemedicine Components
Use the Component Builder to create custom components for your new telemedicine protocol.
Open the Component Builder from the main Protocol Configuration menu.
Create a Telemedicine Consent Component
Create a custom check box component to chart patient and caregivers’ consent to telemedicine services.
On the Visit Components tab of the Component Builder, click “Create” to create a new component. Pick a name for your component (e.g., Telemedicine Consent) and set the component type to Generic Check. Click “Save”.
Create telemedicine consent statements in the fields under “Add New Items”. Each field becomes a unique check box once you save the component.
Click “Save” to finish creating your Telemedicine Consent component.
Sample Telemedicine Consent Statements
Your practice should share a telemedicine consent form with patients and families, and solicit verbal consent to telemedicine services during each visit. You should chart that at the top of the chart note.
Here are two sample telemedicine consent statements your practice could use as part of a consent form.
-
Acknowledgment of Telemedicine Consent Policy: “Patient or guardian has read and understands the risks, benefits, and alternatives related to a telemedicine visit at the time of booking appointment.”
-
Consent to Telemedicine Visit: “Patient or guardian verbally consents to telemedicine visit.”
State and Payer Requirements: Your state and insurance payers might require you to document certain kinds of consent information during telemedicine visits. Check with these entities to make sure you understand whether you are required to obtain special consent for telemedicine care, and how to document it in chart notes.
Create a Vitals Notes Component
Vitals might be reported by patients or caregivers during telemedicine visits. Create a Vitals Notes component to document how telemedicine vitals were collected, and by whom. The vitals themselves can be charted the usual way in PCC EHR’s built-in Vitals component.
In Component Builder, make sure you are in the Visit Components tab. Click “Create”. Pick a name for your new component (e.g., Vitals Notes). Set the component type to Generic Note and the input field to Single. Click “Save”.
I Already Have a Vitals Notes Component: If your practice already has a Vitals Notes component, there is no need to create a new one from scratch. Repurpose the existing one for your Telemedicine Sick protocol.
Should I Chart Telemedicine Vitals in PCC EHR's Built-In Vitals Component?: If you want to calculate BMI and percentages, and see telemedicine vitals in Growth Charts and Flowsheets, chart them in PCC EHR’s built-in Vitals component. If you are concerned that telemedicine vitals are too inaccurate to be included in Growth Charts and Flowsheets, consider recording them in the Vitals Notes box instead. Vitals recorded in the notes box will appear in the final chart note, but will not be included in Growth Charts and Flowsheets.
Add New Telemedicine Components to Your Protocol
Return to the Protocol Builder and edit your Telemedicine Sick protocol.
Click “Add” to begin adding your new components to the protocol.
Select your telemedicine consent component from the drop-down. Once you do, a second, blank drop-down field will appear. Use that second drop-down to select your Vitals Notes component. If there is already a Vitals Notes component in your protocol, you will not be able to add it a second time.
Click “Add” to finish adding the components to the protocol.
Once they have been added, click and drag the components to rearrange their sequence in the protocol.
Display Telemedicine Consent Check Boxes in Your New Protocol
In the Telemedicine Sick protocol, highlight the Telemedicine Consent component and click “Edit”.
Click “Add Items”.
Click the drop-down arrow and select a consent statement. Once you do, another, blank drop-down field will appear. Use that blank field to select another consent statement. Repeat this until all consent statements have been added to the list.
Click “Save” to finish adding the items to the component, then save again to close the component.
Preview Your Finished Protocol
Click “Preview” to see what your protocol will look like once it is live.
Test the look, flow, and function of components by clicking buttons, checking off boxes, and typing inside text fields. When you are done, click “Close” to exit the preview.
If you want to make more changes, do so now. Otherwise, close Protocol Configuration.
Adjust Clinician Auto-Notes for Your Telemedicine Sick Protocol
If you copied clinician auto-notes into your new protocol, you might need to adjust the statements so that they are accurate in the context of a telemedicine encounter.
Open Auto-Notes from the Configuration menu.
Select “Telemedicine Sick” from the Protocol drop-down and select “Practice Defaults” from the User drop-down.
Review and edit the statements to make them accurate for telemedicine encounters. If an individual user at your practice has custom auto-notes set up for sick visits, switch the User drop-down to their name and adjust those statements too.
For an in-depth look at how to use and configure auto-notes, read Use Auto-Notes to Insert Your Standard Text in a Chart Note Field.
Map Your Telemedicine Sick Protocol to a Visit Reason
Use the Protocol Map tool inside Protocol Configuration to link your Telemedicine Sick protocol to telemedicine sick visit reason(s). Once linked, your new protocol will become the default chart note for appointments scheduled as telemedicine sick visits.
Learn how to use the Protocol Map.
Customize Other Chart Note Protocols for Telemedicine
Sick visits aren’t the only kind of appointment you see via telemedicine. Use the tips in this article to customize other types of chart note protocols for telemedicine too, such as ADHD follow-up protocols, well visit protocols, and more!
Create a COVID-19 Test Lab Order
You can use the Lab Configuration tool to create and track lab orders for COVID-19 tests. Your PCC EHR system includes codes and descriptions for SARS-CoV-2, including the newer 95209-3 SARS-CoV+SARS-CoV-2 Ag test.
Watch a Video: Watch a video walk-through of creating a COVID-19 lab order.
CMS Guide to Becoming Certified for Lab Testing: On 2020-09-25, CMS released new tools for laboratories seeking Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA) certification to test for coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19).
Procedure Code Guidance: The procedure codes discussed in this article are intended only as examples. You should consult the AMA’s current CPT Coding Guide and work with your insurance payers to verify what codes you should report. Your practice updates and maintains your procedure list, codes, and prices in the Procedures table in the Table Editor on your PCC system.
Open Lab Configuration
Open the Lab Configuration window from PCC EHR’s Configuration menu.
Add a New Lab and Configure Details
Click into the Lab Orders tab, and click the “Add Lab Order” button to create a new lab.
Enter the lab’s name, default lab facility, and other details.
Set Default Lab Behaviors
Next, review and edit the settings and default behaviors for this lab order.
-
Specimen Collection: If you wish to record specimen collection information for this lab order, click “Enable recording of Specimen Collection user, date, and time”.
-
Appear on Patient Reports and My Kid's Chart: If you wish this lab to be visible by default on patient reports, including the Patient Visit Summary and My Kid’s Chart (the patient portal), select “‘Include on Patient Reports’ will be selected when this order is issued”. Clinicians can determine whether or not a lab order is visible at any time for any order by selecting the check box on the specific order for a patient.
-
Refusal and Contraindication: If a lab order can be refused or contraindicated, select the appropriate options to enable those checkboxes on the order.
Add COVID-19 Lab Tests for Third-Party Vendors
If your practice receives results for this lab order electronically from LabCorp or Quest you can add their specific lab test to this lab order. Both LabCorp and Quest have provided lab codes for COVID-19 tests. Enter those into the E-lab Vendor Order Mapping:
- Labcorp COVID-19 Test: 139900
- Quest SARS-CoV-2 RNA, Qual Real-Time Test: 39433
PCC EHR will be able to correctly associate and track the lab results with the order in the patient’s record. For more information about e-labs, read the Import E-lab Test Results article.
Optional: Add Specific LOINC Lab Tests for Manual Results
Type a LOINC code or test name in the “Tests to Include” section to add a LOINC test’s fields for manual entry to your lab order.
For example, you could add the 95209-3 SARS-CoV+SARS-CoV-2 Ag test.
Click “Save”
Click Save to save your lab order changes.
Configure Billing
Open Billing from the Configuration menu. Search for your new lab order, select it, and click “Edit”.
If you’re collecting and preparing the specimen for analysis by an outside laboratory, enter the specimen collection procedure, 99000 Handling and/or conveyance of specimen for transfer from the office to a laboratory, in the CPT Billing Procedure field. Additional procedures can be linked by clicking the plus button to add a new line. Click save and the selected procedures will be included in the visit’s bill.
Depending on whether or not your practice is actually performing a lab, you might add one or more of the following procedures to the lab order:
- 87426 Infectious agent antigen detection by immunoassay technique
- 87635 Infectious agent detection by nucleic acid (DNA or RNA); severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) (Coronavirus disease [COVID-19]), amplified probe technique
- 86328 Immunoassay for infectious agent antibody(ies), qualitative or semiquantitative, single step method (eg, reagent strip); severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) (Coronavirus disease [COVID-19])
- G2023 Specimen collection for severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov-2) (coronavirus disease [covid-19]), any specimen source.
Note: This code is for use by independent labs, not private offices.
- U0002 2019-ncov coronavirus, sars-cov-2/2019-ncov (covid-19), any technique, multiple types or subtypes (includes all targets), non-cdc
For more information, read Code and Bill for a COVID-19 Related Encounter.
Optional: Add Labs to Protocols
You can order any lab from the Labs component, which is already available on most of your chart protocols. Specific labs can be added to each protocol- if you’re creating a visit type just for these tests, use the PCC EHR Configuration Tool to add the labto your chart note protocols. Contact PCC Support for assistance.
Test Your New Lab Order
Create a sample visit for a test patient and order your new COVID-19 lab. You should see appropriate tests inside the order, and if you added the Specimen Collection (or other CPT), it should appear on the Electronic Encounter Form.
For additional help setting up your labs or adding them to your protocols, please contact PCC Support.
PCC April COVID-19 Release
PCC has launched a series of rapid updates in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We are beta testing and rolling out new functionality in direct response to the situation as it evolves.
Read below to learn about new features and updates collected in our April 2020 release, which PCC installed for all practices on Saturday, April 11th.
Contact PCC Support for information about these new features or about any PCC product or service.
PCC COVID-19 Release Feature Videos: You can watch a video playlist which covers the major features PCC has developed during the COVID-19 pandemic and includes tutorials on related topics.
Migration Considerations for Your Practice: PCC has wrapped many of the items below into PCC 8.12.12, recently deployed to all practices. We’ve collected a list of items your practice should review when you prepare for these features. Read PCC COVID-19 Release Migration Considerations.
8.12.x Releases?: PCC typically announces major releases with an update number, such as the 8.12 release. The updates and new functionality described in this article are designated as the 8.12.10 through 8.12.12 releases.
Send Broadcast Messages to Patients and Families
Your practice can use the new Broadcast Messaging report and service to send out messages to patients and families.
You’ll be able to build a list of patients based on a wide range of criteria and then send out a large batch of emails or SMS text messages. Recipients of broadcast text messages can reply “stop” or “unsubscribe” to stop receiving your messages. Likewise, each email sent via Broadcast Messaging includes an unsubscribe link, which will remove the recipient’s email address from future mailings.
To learn more, read or watch Broadcast Messages to Patients and Families (Article, Video).
Review Broadcast Messaging History
How many broadcast messages did your practice send? Can you track message counts to understand future costs?
PCC EHR’s Report Library includes a Broadcast Messaging Log, which tracks all Broadcast Messages sent. You can review historical messages and see results of each batch of messages.
The Broadcast Message Log is found in the Patient Recall Category in the Report Library. You can run it for a range of dates and optionally limit it by user.
Results include the date and time of each message run, the user who sent the message, the message content, type and count of messages sent.
Improve How You Schedule, Chart, and Bill Telemedicine Visits
When you schedule a telemedicine visit in PCC EHR, you can indicate it is a telemedicine visit and optionally add website URL links for your third-party video connection. It will be easier for patients, families, and everyone at your practice to handle telemedicine visits.
Your staff can easily identify the telemedicine visits on the Schedule queue, your clinicians will have instant access to the links they need to connect, and your billers will be able to see that the visit is Telemedicine and make changes as needed.
To learn more, read or watch Schedule, Chart, and Bill for a Telemedicine Encounter (Video, Article).
View When a Visit is Telemedicine in Practice Management
If your practice uses the new Telemedicine features in PCC EHR, and still prefers to post charges in Practice Management, you can also see if an encounter is marked as Telemedicine in Post Charges (checkout
).
Any visit marked as Telemedicine in PCC EHR will be indicated with a “(T)” next to the Place of Service field in checkout
.
You can also configure a default telemedicine place of service for each scheduling location.
Adjust Billing Place of Service for Telemedicine Encounters
When you schedule and perform a telemedicine visit, it makes sense to use your office location—the doctors can see their whole schedule, and your practice can see what’s happening at a glance. When it’s time to bill, however, some carriers require a special telemedicine place of service.
When posting charges from PCC EHR’s Schedule queue, the Billing POS is now a drop-down menu. It includes the appointment location and any locations set as a telemedicine location. You can select your new billing location, and complete posting your charges as usual.
To learn more, read or watch Schedule, Chart, and Bill for a Telemedicine Encounter (Video, Article).
Set a Default Billing Place-of-Service for Telemedicine Encounters
It can be cumbersome to manually switch the billing place of service each time you post telemedicine visit charges. To make posting easier, set a default billing place of service for telemedicine visits in PCC EHR Practice Preferences.
To learn more, read Set a Default Billing Place of Service for Telemedicine Visits.
Bill for a Phone Note or Portal Message
After a clinician completes notes for a phone note or portal message, they can click “Bill” to select charges and make the encounter ready for billing. Billers can post charges directly from the Messaging queue in PCC EHR.
To learn more, read or watch Bill for a Phone Note or Portal Message (Video, Article).
Find Encounters Waiting to be Billed with the Encounters by Billing Status Report
Run the Encounters by Billing Status report to find all encounters that are ready to be billed, including appointments, phone notes, and portal messages.
Visits by Billing Status vs. Encounters by Billing Status: This new report mirrors the Visits by Billing Status report, except that it includes phone notes and portal messages in the results. In the future, we will likely combine these reports. For now, if you want to exclude phone notes and portal messages, use the Visits by Billing Status report. To include them, use the Encounters by Billing Status report.
Track and Analyze COVID-19’s Impact on Independent Pediatricians
PCC is tracking and aggregating data from our clients in order to better understand how the COVID-19 pandemic is affecting independent pediatric practices across the country. That data and analysis are available at www.pcc.com/business-impact-of-covid-19/.
This page will be ever-changing as trends develop over time, bringing you useful insights and guidance based on what is happening in pediatric practices across the country.
Changes in daily visit and charge volume across PCC practices is just one trend we are following.
Code Updates for COVID-19
During March 2020, PCC rapidly deployed patches to PCC systems to add codes for COVID-19 related issues.
Configure Quest and LabCorp for COVID-19 Tests and Electronic Results
You can configure your lab orders in PCC EHR for the latest COVID-19 tests, including options for receiving results electronically from Quest and LabCorp. On March 17th, PCC updated all pediatric practice systems with new COVID-19 test identifiers for Quest and LabCorp.
Use the New COVID-19 SNOMED Diagnosis Description
On March 19th, PCC delivered a SNOMED-CT update to your practice’s system, adding the new COVID-19 diagnosis.
To learn more about the March 2020 SNOMED-CT update, read March 2020 SNOMED-CT Update Adds COVID-19 Diagnosis and More.
For more details on coding and billing for COVID-19 related visits, read Code and Bill for a COVID-19 Related Encounter.
Bill With The New COVID-19 ICD-10 Billing Code
On March 23rd, PCC added the newly announced U07.1 COVID-19 ICD-10 code to your practice’s PCC system. By default, PCC maps that billing code to the corresponding SNOMED-CT term. You can use it to bill for visits with a confirmed case of COVID-19.
For more details on coding and billing for COVID-19 related visits, read Code and Bill for a COVID-19 Related Encounter.
Diagnose Exposure to COVID-19 with New SNOMED-CT Event
On March 31st, PCC added a new SNOMED-CT event, Exposure to 2019 novel coronavirus to your practice’s PCC system.
You can use this new SNOMED event as a diagnosis, which you can track on a patient’s Problem List or on a chart note.
By default, this diagnosis will map to the ICD-10 billing code Z20.828 Contact with and (suspected) exposure to other viral communicable diseases.
What’s Coming Next?
PCC updated all client systems with the April COVID-19 release, 8.12.12, on Saturday, April 11th. What are we working on next?
Track and Analyze COVID-19’s Financial Impact on Your Practice
You can soon use your Practice Vitals Dashboard to understand what is happening at your practice as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. What are the daily trends at your practice? What is the productivity impact? You can track some of these details in your Practice Vitals Dashboard now, and an upcoming update will add new benchmarks and ways to get the data you need to make decisions for your practice.
Guides to Self-Install and Other Supporting Materials
If your practice needs new hardware installed during the COVID-19 pandemic, can you install it yourself? Are there ways to improve remote training and help your practice implement PCC without having someone visit your office?
PCC is working on remote training materials, along with guides for hardware installation, so your practice can get up and running with PCC’s products and services without hosting a PCC employee at your office.
Exploring What You Need Most
PCC is going to explore further enhancements to meet the challenges of working remotely, ramping up telemedicine, and reaching patients during the pandemic.
For example, we are currently exploring creating an in-office chat tool for your staff, adding functionality to the patient portal, macro tools to help you chart consistently and rapidly, under-the-hood tools for making sure you get paid, and more.
Most importantly, we want to hear from you. What obstacles are you facing, and how can PCC help?
Get in touch!
Code and Bill for COVID-19 Related Encounters
How does a pediatric practice code and bill for COVID-19 related encounters? Read below to learn about the SNOMED-CT, ICD-10, and CPT codes available for tests, diagnoses, and more. PCC Support can help you customize your chart note protocols, diagnoses, orders, and billing tools.
New Codes On Your System: Throughout 2020 and into 2021, PCC regularly updated your system to add vendor lab identifiers, SNOMED-CT descriptions, ICD-10 codes, and LOINC codes to help with COVID-19-related orders, charting and billing. Contact PCC Support if you have any questions or can’t find the code you need.
Procedure Code Guidance: The procedure codes discussed in this article are intended only as examples. You should consult the AMA’s current CPT Coding Guide and work with your insurance payers to verify what codes you should report. Your practice updates and maintains your procedure list, codes, and prices in the Procedures table in the Table Editor on your PCC system.
Code for Exposure or Other COVID-19 Related Symptoms
How do you code for exposure to COVID-19? What other diagnoses are used for a COVID-19 encounter, and how might you map those to SNOMED descriptions for use on a chart note?
Exposure
When you diagnose exposure to COVID-19, you can use:
- Z20.822 Contact with and (suspected) exposure to COVID-19
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option: Exposure to SARS-CoV-2 (alternate title: Exposure to 2019 novel coronavirus)
History, Associated Symptoms, and More
What other ICD-10 billing codes, and corresponding SNOMED descriptions, are available for COVID-19 related encounters?
- B97.21 SARS-associated coronavirus as the cause of diseases classified elsewhere
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option(s): Suspected disease caused by severe acute respiratory coronavirus
- Z86.16 Personal history of COVID-19
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option(s): H/O: viral illness, H/O: infectious disease
- Z86.19 Personal history of other infectious and parasitic diseases
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option(s): History of disease caused by Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus
- Z03.89 Encounter for observation for other suspected diseases and conditions ruled out
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option(s): Disease caused by Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 absent
- M35.81 Multisystem inflammatory syndrome (MIS)
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option(s): Acute organ dysfunction due to systemic inflammatory response syndrome, Systemic inflammatory response syndrome, Systemic inflammatory response syndrome associated with organ dysfunction, Systemic inflammatory response syndrome without organ dysfunction
- M35.89 Other specified systemic involvement of connective tissue
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option(s): Disorder of connective tissue co-occurrent and due to systemic disease
- J12.82 Pneumonia due to coronavirus disease 2019
- SNOMED-CT Mapping Option(s): (pneumonia diagnosis descriptions)
You might also use other diagnoses for common signs and symptoms:
- R051-R059 Cough
- R06.02 Shortness of breath
- R50.9 Fever, unspecified
Code for a Screening Encounter?: In December of 2020, the WHO added another related ICD-10: Encounter for screening for COVID-19 (Z11.52). During the COVID-19 pandemic, a screening encounter code is generally not appropriate. For encounters for COVID-19 testing, including preoperative testing, code instead as exposure to COVID-19.
Adjust Your PCC EHR Chart Note Protocols to Display COVID-19 Related Diagnoses
To make them easier to select, you can use the Protocol Configuration tool to add diagnoses directly to your practice’s chart note protocols.
When clinicians select a SNOMED diagnosis description, the mapped ICD-10 billing code appears on the Bill screen.
Many codes include pre-defined mapping. Use the Billing Configuration tool to adjust the mapping of SNOMED-CT descriptions to ICD-10 codes. Possible SNOMED to ICD-10 mappings are listed in the section above with each billing code.
Order and Code for COVID-19 Lab Tests
During an encounter, you may decide to order a COVID-19 test. When you order a COVID-19 test, your practice might collect the specimen and relay the test to a lab vendor for processing. Increasingly, pediatric practices are also completing tests in-house.
In PCC EHR, when you click “Order” next to a lab order, the appropriate LOINC will be part of the order, appropriate diagnoses and procedures can be queued up for billing, and optionally the lab test information can automatically be added to the chart note for incoming electronic results.
Set Up Your COVID-19 Lab Test Orders: You can learn how to create a COVID-19 lab test order on your system, add it to chart note protocols, and configure billing behavior by reading: Create a COVID-19 Test Lab Order. For additional details about Lab Configuration in PCC EHR, you can read Lab Configuration.
Billing Codes for COVID-19 Tests and Orders
When you gather the specimen for a COVID-19 test, you can bill:
- 99000: Handling and/or conveyance of specimen for transfer from the office to a laboratory
Depending on your lab configuration, and whether or not you perform the test in-house, you may use additional procedures for a COVID-19 test:
- 87635: Infectious agent detection by nucleic acid (DNA or RNA); severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) (Coronavirus disease [COVID-19]), amplified probe technique
- 87426: Infectious agent antigen detection by immunoassay technique
- 86328: Immunoassay for infectious agent antibody(ies), qualitative or semiquantitative, single step method (eg, reagent strip); severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) (Coronavirus disease [COVID-19])
- U0002: 2019-ncov coronavirus, sars-cov-2/2019-ncov (covid-19), any technique, multiple types or subtypes (includes all targets), non-cdc
- G2023: Specimen collection for severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov-2) (coronavirus disease [covid-19]), any specimen source. Note: This code is for use by independent labs, not private offices.
In PCC EHR, you can map your orders directly to the procedures you bill so they will automatically appear on your electronic encounter form automatically.
E-Lab Configuration Identifiers
You can configure lab orders so results will be sent back to your practice electronically, if your lab vendor supports e-lab integration.
Labcorp and Quest have provided the following vendor-specific identifiers, which PCC added to all practice systems:
- Labcorp COVID-19 Test: 139900
- Quest SARS-CoV-2 RNA, Qual Real-Time Test: 39433
Code and Bill a COVID-19 Diagnosis
During an in-person or telemedicine visit for a patient with a COVID-19 diagnosis, you would code both the COVID-19 diagnosis and related conditions.
When you indicate a COVID-19 diagnosis with a SNOMED description, use:
-
840539006 Disease caused by 2019-nCoV: This diagnosis has alternate, searchable names of “Disease caused by 2019 novel coronavirus” and “Disease caused by Wuhan coronavirus”.
In PCC EHR, you can select this diagnosis on a chart note and/or add it to a patient’s Problem List.
For all encounters that occured after April 1st, 2020, use this code when you bill for a visit with a patient with a positive COVID-19 diagnosis:
- U07.1 COVID-19
This code was added to all PCC systems with a 2020-03-23 update. By default in PCC EHR, when you select the SNOMED COVID-19 description, the ICD-10 COVID-19 code will appear:
For services rendered prior to the April 1st effective date of U07.1 COVID-19, the CDC recommends you chart and code for the conditions of Pneumonia, Bronchitis, Lower Respiratory Infection, Respiratory Infection NOS, and ARDS, and then adding B97.29 Other coronavirus as the cause of diseases classified elsewhere. Before the specific COVID-19 ICD-10 diagnosis code is in effect, use the less specific B97.29 secondary to the manifestation code to indicate the patient has COVID-19.
Details May Change: The above scenarios and COVID-19 codes are new and payer response may vary. PCC keeps an up-to-date handout with COVID-19 coding and billing recommendations here: 2020 COVID-19 Coding Guide. We will update that PDF and this article as the situation changes and we learn more.
Use Other Procedure CPTs for COVID-19 Related Visits
In addition to the codes mentioned above, here are some other CPT codes you might use in relation to a COVID-19 related encounter.
Code for Telemedicine, Phone Calls, Portal, Email and Other Remote Services: What CPT visit code should your practice use for a video telemedicine encounter, a telephone call, a portal message consultation, or other remote service? PCC is maintaining a COVID-19 Coding Guide with descriptions of appropriate codes for different circumstances. You can also read PCC’s Schedule, Chart, Code, and Bill for Telemedicine Encounters.
Bill for COVID-19 Risk Counseling
Your practice may talk with a patient or parent at length about COVID-19 risk. You could use:
- 99401: Preventive medicine counseling and/or risk factor reduction intervention(s) provided to an individual (separate procedure) approximately 15 minutes
- 99402: …approximately 30 minutes
- 99403: …approximately 45 minutes
- 99404: …approximately 60 minutes
You may use these codes for COVID-19 risk reduction and prevention counseling. You can add these codes onto a claim with other office visit codes, or they can stand alone.
Are These Codes Okay for Telemedicine?: Although these codes do not appear in Appendix P of the CPT manual, which lists telehealth or telemedicine codes, many states are currently mandating that all services, including the 99401-99403 codes, be billable in a telemedicine encounter.
Add-On CPTs for Urgent and Unusual Circumstances
If an emergency appointment disrupts your office’s schedule, such as the sudden arrival of a patient with Acute Respiratory Distress, you can use this additional code on the claim:
- 99058: Service(s) provided on an emergency basis in the office, which disrupts other scheduled office services, in addition to basic service
If you have to leave the office for an emergency visit that disrupts your schedule:
- 99060: Service(s) provided on an emergency basis, out of the office, which disrupts other scheduled office services, in addition to basic service
If you leave the office for an encounter at the request of the patient or family, you might add:
- 99056: Service(s) typically provided in the office, provided out of the office at request of patient, in addition to basic service
We're Seeing Kids in the Parking Lot. Is That a 99056?: If the patient or family makes a special request for you to come out to the parking lot to perform a visit, you may add this code. If your practice sees patients in your parking lot as your general office policy during the COVID-19 epidemic, this code may not apply.
Vaccine, Administration, and Counseling Codes
Payment for administration of COVID-19 vaccine varies among payers and states. You should consult your CPT resource for guidance, and speak with your payers.
Guide to COVID-19 Vaccines in PCC EHR: Read COVID-19 Vaccines: Plan, Configure, Order, Administer, and Track to learn about the MVX, CDX, NDC, and CPT codes needed for COVID-19 vaccine encounters.
How to code for COVID-19 vaccine-related encounters has continued to evolve and change during 2021. For example, in June of 2021, North Carolina Medicaid changed their payment policy for CPT 99401 (Preventative medicine counseling and/or risk factor reduction intervention) to allow for an additional 15 minutes to counsel about the benefits of receiving COVID-19 vaccine. They require a CR modifier on the code. When this change occurred, PCC reached out to North Carolina clients.
If you learn of similar updates to policy, please reach out to PCC and/or PCC Community to share!
Installing Your Firewall
PCC uses a Fortinet Fortigate 60F (or related model) as a firewall in our clients’ offices to protect their networks.
Follow the instructions on this page to install your Fortigate firewall.
Follow the instructions on this page to install your Fortigate firewall.
Connect Your Modem
With the ethernet cable that came with your Fortigate firewall, connect your ISP’s modem to the “WAN1” port on the Fortigate.
The ethernet ports on most modems are usually clearly labeled, but if you are unsure which port to use, contact your ISP.
Add Other Devices to Your Network
Now connect other networking equipment to the LAN ports on the back of the Fortigate. Use the ports labeled 1-5. All 5 of these ports are identical.
Ports A and B: Depending on your needs, PCC may have configured your router to also allow ports A and B to be used. Use these ports only if instructed to do so by PCC.
Connect Your Network Switch (optional)
Depending on the needs of your office, you may or may not use a network switch. If you use a switch, plug all devices, including the Fortigate, into the ports on the front of the switch. All ports work the same, and all ports communicate in both directions; you can plug any device into any port.
Connecting network devices via your network switch: If you are using a network switch, all the instructions below still apply. However, instead of plugging your other devices into your Fortigate firewall, plug them into your switch. The switch and your modem will be the only two devices connected to the Fortigate.
Connect Your Network Attached Storage
A Network attached storage (NAS) device is a RAID array of hard drives connected to your network that is used to store backups.
PCC is currently equipping our clients with the FreeNAS Mini E. To connect the Mini E to your firewall (or switch), use the lower-left ethernet port on the back of the Mini E.
Connect Your Server
Your Dell server will need to be connected to your firewall (or switch) using two ethernet cables. Connect one using the “GB1” port, and the other using the “iDRAC” port.
Connect Wireless Access Points
Your wireless access points should already have been installed around your office by your local IT support. Connect them to free ports in your firewall (or switch).
Connect Your Fortigate Firewall to Power
Turn on your modem first: Your modem should be powered on before you plug in your firewall.
Connect the power supply to the back of the device and plug it into a UPS battery device.
Your UPS looks like this:
The “PWR” and “STATUS” indicators on the front of your Fortigate firewall should light up green if the cable is pluged in correctly.
Power cable clicks into place: The power supply connector has a locking tab that will click into place. You must press the tab if you want to remove the cable from the firewall for any reason.
Wait for Your Devices to Connect
Depending on how quickly you plugged everything in, the Fortigate firewall may still need time to start up before you can connect to the network. If after 5 minutes you are unable to connect, please contact PCC for assistance.
Call PCC for assistance: If you need assistance at any point in this process, PCC is here to help! Call PCC Support at 800.722.7708. If possible, have a photo of the back of your Internet modem and the back of the Fortigate firewall available.
March 2020 SNOMED-CT Update Adds COVID-19 Diagnosis and More
On March 19, 2020, PCC updated the SNOMED-CT diagnostic terms on your practice’s PCC system to add the COVID-19 diagnosis.
PCC regularly updates your system’s ICD-10, LOINC, SNOMED-CT, NDC, RVU, VIS, and other standardized lists so you won’t encounter challenges when you chart, order a lab, interface with a care provider, or bill for a visit. (Your practice’s local system automatically updates your practice’s procedure codes.)
We decided to push the most recent SNOMED-CT codes and descriptions out as an immediate patch in order to provide practices with the new COVID-19 diagnosis.
Read the sections below to learn more.
COVID-19 Diagnosis
This update includes language and coding for a COVID-19 diagnosis.
-
840539006 Disease caused by 2019-nCoV: This diagnosis has alternate, searchable names of “Disease caused by 2019 novel coronavirus” and “Disease caused by Wuhan coronavirus”.
If your practice needs to diagnose COVID-19, you can select this diagnosis on a chart note and/or add it to a patient’s Problem List.
What ICD-10 Code Do I Use for COVID-19?
On Thursday, March 19th, the CDC announced an unusual addition of a new ICD-10 code mid-cycle, making a new COVID-19 code effective as of April 1st, 2020:
- U07.1 COVID-19
This code’s title has also appeared as “2019-nCoV acute respiratory disease”.
Prior to U07.1 COVID-19, the CDC recommends using specific codes for Pneumonia, Bronchitis, Lower Respiratory Infection, Respiratory Infection NOS, and ARDS, which you would add to a claim along with B97.29 Other coronavirus as the cause of diseases classified elsewhere. As always, payer response may vary.
PCC keeps an up-to-date handout with COVID-19 coding and billing recommendations here: 2020 COVID-19 Coding Guide. We will update that PDF link as the situation changes and we learn more.
Your practice can use the Billing Configuration tool to directly map one or more ICD-10 codes to a SNOMED diagnosis description.
For example, you could set up the Disease caused by 2019-nCoV code to automatically provide a selection of ICD-10 specific codes. In the configuration tool, you’d add codes to the ICD-10 mapping field:
When the clinician selects the diagnosis, they can choose the additional, specific codes to accompany B97.29:
New Favorites Available in Diagnosis Quick Search
The SNOMED-CT update adds 2600 diagnosis descriptions to your system. PCC added 78 of them to the “Favorites” quick search feature of all diagnosis fields in PCC EHR.
In preparation for the update, PCC’s certified coder, Jan Blanchard, assembled a list of 78 new SNOMED-CT descriptions of interest to pediatricians. The update added these diagnoses, which include the COVID-19 diagnosis, to your practice’s default Favorites list for quick searching, unless your practice has specifically requested otherwise.
What is a diagnosis 'Favorites' list?: As you type or search in any diagnosis field, PCC EHR automatically searches a customizable list of Favorites. Use the Diagnosis Configuration tool to adjust your practice’s list of Favorites. You can also right-click on any diagnosis field in PCC EHR to search your system’s full SNOMED-CT diagnosis library.
Abnormal hair finding | Acquired stenosis of left nasolacrimal duct | Acquired stenosis of right nasolacrimal duct |
At increased risk of emergency hospital admission | Bilateral itching of eyes | Blister of skin |
Bronchitis co-occurrent with acute wheeze | Bronchitis co-occurrent with chronic wheeze | Bronchitis co-occurrent with wheeze |
Chronic excoriation of skin | Cold and clammy skin | Crusting on nose |
Disease caused by 2019-nCoV | Dislocation of digit of hand | Disorder caused by stimulant |
Disorder due to vaping | Dry skin of abdomen | Dullness of light reflex at tympanic membrane |
Erythema of skin of nose | Erythematous rash | Excessive crying of infant |
Excessive menstruation with irregular cycle | Feeling abnormal | Foreign body of eye region |
Glass foreign body in skin | Gonorrhea of lower genitourinary tract | Gonorrhea of penis |
Hair tuft in skin of sacral region | Hard lump of breast | Harmful pattern of use of amphetamine and amphetamine derivative |
Has special educational needs | Immunization overdue | Impulse control disorder caused by stimulant |
Intermittent allergic asthma | Itching of left eye | Itching of right eye |
Methamphetamine withdrawal | Migration of intrauterine contraceptive device | Misuse of medication |
Mood disorder caused by cannabis | Mood disorder caused by methamphetamine | Near fatal asthma |
Neonatal jaundice due to ABO incompatibility | Nicotine-filled electronic cigarette user | Non-nicotine-filled electronic cigarette user |
Obesity in adolescence | Persistent adjustment disorder | Pimple of skin |
Puncture wound of thumb with foreign body | Puncture wound of thumb without foreign body | Pus crust on skin |
Pustular psoriasis of palm of hand | Pustular psoriasis of sole of foot | Rash due to dribbling from mouth |
Rash due to dribbling of urine | Rash of mouth | Rash of scalp |
Requires vaccination against diphtheria | Requires vaccination against diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis with poliomyelitis | Requires vaccination against diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis with typhoid-paratyphoid |
Requires vaccination against measles | Requires vaccination against mumps | Requires vaccination against pertussis |
Requires vaccination against typhoid-paratyphoid | Rough skin | Sexually assaultive behavior |
Site of injection normal | Splinter in ankle | Splinter in eyelid |
Strain of rotator cuff of shoulder | Strain of tendon of hand | Synthetic cannabinoid induced mood disorder |
Tingling pain | Transient motor tic | Vascular birthmark |
Vesicle of skin | Waxy discharge from ear |
Deprecated SNOMED Diagnosis Descriptions
The March 2020 SNOMED-CT update removes or replaces many codes common to pediatric practices. Your practice may want to take special note of them.
-
Acute upper respiratory infection of multiple sites: This common URI diagnosis was removed from the international SNOMED-CT library as being ambiguous. Your practice may want to review alternative diagnoses and adjust chart note protocols, especially as it was often used for CQM reporting. PCC will automatically replace the term on chart note protocols for new visits with “Acute upper respiratory infection”, and there are several related URI descriptions available.
-
Lactose intolerance: PCC’s pediatric practices frequently used this SNOMED-CT diagnosis. It was removed from the SNOMED-CT library in favor of the more specific “Malabsorption syndrome due to intolerance to lactose”. PCC will automatically update your chart note protocols for new visits if this item appears as a default.
-
Infantile seborrheic dermatitis: This SNOMED-CT diagnosis, one of many formal names for “cradle cap”, was removed from the SNOMED-CT library. If your practice used it on a chart note protocol, the update will automatically replace it with “Generalized seborrheic dermatitis of infants”.
Here are the top 25 codes from PCC’s pediatric practices that have been removed from the SNOMED-CT diagnosis library in 2020. When these codes appeared for selection on a chart note protocol, PCC added a replacement. For other diagnoses, your providers may easily find related descriptions with a search, but you may want to plan ahead.
Acute upper respiratory infection of multiple sites | 78337007 |
Lactose intolerance | 267425008 |
Infantile seborrheic dermatitis | 200776003 |
Chesty cough | 161929000 |
Acute wheezy bronchitis | 275499005 |
Dysfunctional uterine bleeding | 19155002 |
Fatigue – symptom | 272060000 |
Pink eye disease | 241759005 |
Pulled elbow | 95854004 |
Oral contraceptive prescribed | 169472004 |
Vesicular eczema of hands and/or feet | 402567004 |
Periorbital and/or eye pain | 43751000119109 |
Maternal drug abuse | 169941005 |
Superficial bruising | 270911002 |
Wry neck/torticollis | 270476009 |
Newborn | 46068001 |
Facial eczema | 43523005 |
Hyperkeratosis | 396228006 |
Genetic syndrome | 290028006 |
Fall down stairs | 414188008 |
Eczema of leg | 309258000 |
Uncomplicated umbilical hernia | 196867008 |
Tiredness symptom | 267031002 |
Feeling tired | 314109004 |
Sprain, ankle joint, medial | 209531007 |
SNOMED Codes Mapped to ICD-10 for Billing
The SNOMED-CT update includes new mappings to ICD-10 billing codes. Many previous mappings have been updated.
You may wish to review billing configuration for your diagnoses. You can open the Billing Configuration tool to configure which ICD-10 diagnoses are mapped to each SNOMED-CT description in PCC EHR. You can also use the snomedmap
report to examine your practice’s diagnoses that may need updating.
Send Broadcast Messages to Patients and Families
Use Broadcast Messaging in PCC EHR to send batches of messages to patients and families. You can use PCC’s Broadcast Messaging report, or customize any patient-based report, to create a patient list. PCC EHR will collect all contact information for the patient (emails and cellphones) and send the message to all of them.
Broadcast Messaging requires some initial setup before you can begin sending messages. Contact PCC Support to get started using Broadcast Messaging.
Watch a Video: You can learn how to use Broadcast Messaging in PCC EHR by watching the Send Broadcast Messages to Patients and Families video.
Send a Broadcast Message
Open the Report Library
Open the PCC EHR Report Library from the Reports menu.
Select a Report
Select a report to begin building a patient list.
You can use the Broadcast Messaging Patient List or another report in the library.
Most EHR reports work with the broadcast messaging feature, including (but not limited to) those in the Appointment, Clinical, Immunization, and Patient Recall categories.
Select Report Criteria
Adjust the report criteria to create a list of patients and families you wish to contact.
The Broadcast Messaging Patient List includes a range of criteria for narrowing down the list of patients included in your report. For example, exclude by patient or account flag to ensure that inactive or deceased patients aren’t contacted, or select by care center flag to limit the results to patients of one care center.
By default, the Broadcast Messaging report includes all patients who have been seen in the past three years, are not marked as deceased, and who are under 21 years old.
Run the Report and Review the Patient List
Once you have adjusted the criteria to meet your needs, run the report, and check that the resulting list includes the patients or number of patients you expect.
Export Your Results
Click the “Export” button at the bottom right of the results window.
Select One or More Sending Methods
You’ll see three options, PDF, CSV, or “Send message to patients via” with the option to choose a sending method.
Select one or both of the sending methods, SMS or Email.
Compose a Message
Write your message.
Text (SMS) messages are limited to 160 characters per message. The character count in the bottom right of the window shows how many characters you’ve used out of the 160.
If you select the email option, you will see a subject line for the email. There’s no character limit to emails, so you can write as much as you need.
If you select both the Text (SMS) and Email options, you will see both the Subject field and and character count. When you send both message types, you’re limited to 160 characters. Anything in the Subject field will appear as the subject line of the email and the first line of the text message.
Include Your Practice Information: Broadcast Messages are plain text, and include nothing more than what you type. Be sure to include your practice name, and, if necessary, contact information, so the recipients will know who the message is from.
Send Your Message
When your message is complete, be sure to double check it, since there’s no going back after sending. When you’re happy with it, click send.
If you’ve chosen to send a message via text and email, the message will go out by both methods to the phone numbers and email addresses you selected in Practice Preferences to all accounts in your report result. Accounts may receive both an email and a text message.
Duplicate Email Address or Phone Numbers: If siblings or patients with shared custodian accounts appear in your search results, duplicate messages will not be sent. Only one message will be sent to each email address and phone number.
You’ll see a confirmation message, and you’ll be returned to the report results.
How Do I Get Started With Broadcast Messaging?
Begin by assigning permissions for broadcast messaging. Who at your practice will compose and send these messages? Broadcast Messaging is extremely powerful, and can send thousands of messages with just a few clicks.
Use the User Administration tool to add a new Role for Broadcast Messaging, and then assign that role to particular users at your practice.
Select Which Phone Numbers To Use For Broadcast Messaging
By default, Broadcast Messaging sends text (SMS) messages to all available phone numbers and email addresses in the patient’s home account, confidential communication preference, and patient portal information. If you prefer to limit which contact methods Broadcast Messaging uses, you can now select which fields should be included in the Practice Preferences menu.
Who Will a Broadcast Message Be “From”? What If The Family Replies to the Message?
When a patient or family member receives an email from Broadcast Messaging, the message will be from your practice, with an email address noreply@CLIENT.pcc.com, where “CLIENT” will be replaced with your acronym.
If they reply to that email, it will go to a “noreply” email account on your PCC system, in order to filter bounced emails.
Your practice can configure who will receive a copy of these noreply emails. For example, families might reply to your message with a request to be seen, even though it says “noreply”.
PCC Support can configure what email address will receive copies of email replies from parents and families.
Text (SMS) Messages
When a patient or family receives a Text (SMS) message, it will appear to be from a phone number with your practice’s local area code. PCC provisions these lines, creating one number per-practice or multi-practice group.
You can ask PCC Support for details about this phone number, and optionally share it with your patients and families so they can know the number the messages will come from.
If a family responds to that text message, the Broadcast Messaging service will ignore that text.
Unsubscribing
If a patient or family does not wish to receive Text (SMS) messages from your practice, responding “stop” or “unsubscribe” will prevent that number from receiving texts in the future. Likewise, each email sent via Broadcast Messaging includes an unsubscribe link, that will remove the recipient’s email address from future mailings. These addresses and numbers will be moved to your blacklist, and appear there in the Broadcast Messaging Log Report
Unsubscribing Stops Patient Portal Messages and Direct Texts: Unsubscribing prevents the user’s phone number from being used for any reason by PCC. In addition to broadcast messages, unsubscribing will prevent a user from receiving Patient Portal notifications or direct messages via SMS.
If a patient or account has unsubscribed from Broadcast Messaging, and would like to receive your practice’s broadcast messages again, responding to a previous message with “unstop” will remove their number from the blacklist, and they’ll begin receiving your messages again.
To learn more about how you can help patients and families resubscribe to broadcast messages, read the article Help Families Resubscribe to Broadcast Emails and Text Messages From Your Practice.
Bounced Messages and Dead Phone Lines
PCC’s Broadcast Messaging service will automatically recognize when an email address fails, or a cell phone number fails. When that happens, PCC will automatically add that cell phone number or email address to a black out list so your practice does not send messages to disconnected numbers or emails.
Repeated messages to dead emails or cell phones can lead to your system being identified as a spam service. PCC has set up the blacklist feature to avoid this.
Spam and Invalid Email Address
If the email address is not unsubscribed but still not receiving emails, then either the email address itself is incorrect, or the recipient has marked messages from Patient Portal or Broadcast Messaging as spam or junk. Broadcast Messaging and Patient Portal messages will not be sent to any addresses that have marked a previous messages as spam. The recipient must resolve the invalid spam complaint then use the resubscribe link from a previous PCC email.
If the email address is not unsubscribed but still not receiving emails, you’ll find the option to correct any typo in the email address, or mark the email address as correct. Marking the address as correct does not guarantee the next message will send, but it clears the error and attempts to send future messages
Broadcast Messaging Log
PCC EHR’s Report Library includes a Broadcast Messaging Log, which tracks all Broadcast Messages sent. You can review historical messages and see results of each batch of messages.
Broadcast Message Log is found in the Communication category and the Patient Recall category in the Report Library, and can be run for a range of dates and limited by user.
Results include the date and time of each message run, the user who sent the message, the message content, type and count of messages, both email and SMS, were attempted, how many were sent successfully, and how many failed.
Broadcast Messaging Details Report
The Broadcast Message Details report provides detailed results of a single broadcast message run. You’ll find it in the Patient Recall category.
The communication log criteria lists all previous Broadcast Message runs. Select one from the drop-down menu and click Generate to run the report and see the results of that run.
The results show the date and time of the run, each recipient, the patients associated with each email address or phone number, the status, and a blacklist column.
If an email or phone number is added to the blacklist, the Excluded from Future Broadcasts column indicates a reason why a contact method has been added. If a text message is sent to a landline, that number is added to the blacklist with the reason “Not Text Enabled”. “Validation Failed” indicates an email address that is invalid or no longer exists.
Review Replies with the Inbound Messages Report
When a recipient of a Broadcast Message replies via email or text, you can review those replies in the Inbound Message report in the Report Library’s Communication category.
Here you’ll see all replies, including automatic responses from emails, and direct replies from users. You can use these results to keep your user’s contact information updated, or follow-up with users who need additional help or answers.
COVID-19 Links and Resources
This page was created in 2020 and updated throughout the first few years of the COVID-19 pandemic. Follow the links below to find content, services, and features collected by PCC to help pediatric practices during the COVID-19 Coronavirus crisis.
Rapid Development of COVID-19 Related Features: PCC launched a series of rapid updates in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2020, we beta tested and rolled out new functionality, and then released six major updates to all clients with new features for telemedicine, office communication, COVID-19 vaccine support, and more. To review these new features, visit the Updates page.
COVID-19 Vaccines
PCC EHR supports tracking the administration, charting, and billing of the new COVID-19 vaccines. Whether or not your practice administers a COVID-19 vaccine, you can configure PCC EHR to display the vaccination on chart immunization records when patients are vaccinated.
-
Continuous Updates to Your System: During 2021, PCC continually patched and updated client systems with new CVX, MVX, VIS listings, billing code validation, and corresponding information as new vaccines were approved and new codes announced.
-
Read the Latest News: PCC tracked the development of COVID-19 vaccines. We published several blog posts, including: Pediatric COVID Vaccinations: How to Prepare Your Practice and Discussing Benefits of COVID-19 Vaccination with Families.
Get Started With COVID-19 Vaccines in PCC EHR: For a guide to available vaccines, how to set them up in your PCC system, and how to order, administer, bill, and track a COVID-19 vaccine, read COVID-19 Vaccines in PCC EHR: Configure, Order, Administer, and Track.
Connect With Patients and Families During the COVID-19 Pandemic
- Why and How Pediatric Practices Should Launch a Recall Initiative Today
- Run a Pediatric Drive-Thru Flu Shot Clinic
- Schedule, Chart, and Bill for a Telemedicine Encounter (Video, Article)
- Send Broadcast Messages to Patients and Families (Video, Article)
- Bill For Phone Calls and Portal Message Encounters (Video, Article)
- Create a Telemedicine Visit Protocol (Video, Article, Sample Protocol)
- Send a Single Text Message Directly to a Family Waiting in Their Car (Video Coming Soon, Article)
- Connect to Your PCC System From Home
- Telemedicine Billing Code Time Table
- Telemedicine Vendors for Pediatric Practices
- Video: Dr Hagan On Performing Well Visits via Telemedicine
- What Are the Current Telemedicine Rules in Your State? The Center for Connected Health Policy is regularly updating a state-by-state chart of Telemedicine guidelines. Visit their COVID-19 RELATED STATE ACTIONS page, and then click the “View a Quick Reference Chart” link for the most up-to-date information.
Code and Bill During the COVID-19 Pandemic
- Code and Bill for a COVID-19 Related Encounter
- Create COVID-19 Lab Orders in PCC EHR (Video, Article)
- Change an Encounter’s Billing Place of Service After Posting Charges
- PCC’s COVID-19 Coding Guide (PDF)
- Web Lab: March 2020 Pediatric Coding Web Lab featuring COVID-19 coding issues
- Webinar: Telemedicine Services – Usage, Billing, & Coding During COVID-19 with PCC’s Jan Blanchard (SOAPM 2020 ‘Fireside’ Series)
- Password: soapm_COVID-19
- March 2020 SNOMED-CT Update Adds COVID-19 Diagnosis and More
Other PCC COVID-19 Information Resources
- Best Practices for Pediatrics in the COVID-19 Era
- Apply to the CARES Act Provider Relief Fund for Medicaid
- Analyze and Respond to COVID-19’s Impact in Your PCC Dashboard
- See the The Business Impact of COVID-19 on Pediatric Practices across all PCC practices
- COVID-19 Community Forum for Pediatricians
- The PCC Blog
- Chip’s Blog
- Webinar Series: The Business Impact Of COVID-19 On Pediatric Practices
- Watch The Business Impact Of COVID-19 On Pediatric Practice part 5 recorded Thursday, April 16th
- Read PMI’s white paper The Uncertain Future Of Pediatric Practices As The COVID19 Pandemic Evolves by Paul D.Vanchiere, MBA
Useful Information From Other Sources
American Academy of Pediatrics
Center for Disease Control
World Health Organization
Other
Schedule, Chart, and Bill a Telemedicine Visit
Read the procedure and recommendations below to learn how to schedule, chart and bill a telemedicine visit with PCC.
Watch a Video: You can watch an overview of a telemedicine workflow in PCC EHR by viewing Schedule, Chart, and Bill a Telemedicine Encounter.
Configuration: To learn how to configure PCC EHR for telemedicine, read Configure PCC EHR for Telemedicine Encounters.
Perform a Telemedicine Visit
Read the procedure below for an overview of how to schedule, chart, and bill a telemedicine encounter in PCC EHR.
Schedule the Patient’s Appointment
Use the Appointment Book to schedule a patient, just as you would any other encounter.
If your practice uses telemedicine visit reasons, mapped to specific telemedicine chart protocols, be sure to select one. As you schedule, you can review telemedicine consent, insurance information, and any additional details you normally confirm with the patient or family.
To learn more about the Appointment Book, visit Schedule Patients in the Appointment Book.
Unplanned Telemedicine Encounters: Even if you are recording a telemedicine encounter that happened yesterday or are created on-the-fly during a phone call, PCC recommends you schedule Telemedicine appointments so they appear in the clinician’s schedule and are ready to chart and bill.
Click “Telemedicine” and Optionally Enter a URL For Connecting
When you create the appointment, check the “Telemedicine” option near the bottom of the Schedule Appointment tab.
If available, enter the URL web address that the patient or family will use to connect to the visit. If your practice has a set of persistent URLs, you can select from a drop-down menu.
The URL link will appear in the patient portal for the family.
I Don't Have the URL Yet!: Depending on the video telemedicine tool you use, you may not know this URL at the time you schedule the appointment. That’s ok! You can leave this blank and fill it out later, either here in the Appointment Book or directly on the patient’s chart.
Create and Share Telemedicine Connection Information
After you schedule the appointment in PCC EHR, you may need to also create an appointment with your third-party telemedicine vendor. You may need to share the connection address with the family at a later date. Incorporate these needs into your practice’s scheduling procedure so that when it is time for the visit, both the clinician and family know what to do.
Your practice can store and retrieve telemedicine connection information on the appointment, as shown above, as well as in the Telemedicine component that appears at the top of all telemedicine visits.
You can add the URL to this field at any time, and it will appear in the patient’s portal. You can also email or text the link to the patient or family.
Check Eligibility, Send Reminders
As you would for any other appointment, your practice can use PCC’s tools to check patient insurance eligibility and send appointment reminders.
Is This Telemedicine Visit Billable?: Insurance requirements and payment differ for every payer, and often on a state-by-state basis. PCC recommends that you contact major payers and learn what they require for telemedicine visits. While the COVID-19 crisis improved payer responsiveness to telemedicine services, historically there has been a wide range of support and payment from payer to payer. PCC discusses trends such as this at our monthly Billing Drop-In.
Manage Your Schedule in PCC EHR
You can easily see which visits on the schedule are telemedicine visits thanks to the telemedicine video camera icon.
Do We Check In Patients?: Depending on your telemedicine workflow and the tools you use, your practice may have to adjust your check in procedures for telemedicine visits. Your front desk might connect with the patient first via phone to go over insurance and other check-in details, or the clinician might start the visit. Your practice can create custom telemedicine Visit Statuses to track these steps and help coordinate patient flow.
Connect to Your Telemedicine Platform
When it’s time for the visit, connect to your telemedicine platform. Typically, your clinicians can do this from the link at the top of the chart note.
If your practice works with multiple vendors or uses a different method to open a connection, you will need to share that with each clinician.
Some clinicians have told PCC that they prefer to connect on one computer monitor and use another monitor to chart and take notes during the encounter.
Why Isn't My Link Clickable?: If you connect to PCC EHR through a remote client, such as by using remote desktop protocol, then the link will not be clickable. Instead, you can copy and paste that link into your browser.
Open the Chart, Set Status, and Begin Telemedicine
Next, the clinician double-clicks on the patient’s name to open the chart and begin the visit.
The clinician can set their status to inform the practice the visit has begun. Connection links will appear in the Telemedicine component at the top of the chart note.
Your practice could include a “Telemedicine Consent” component at the top, as illustrated above.
Chart the Encounter
Clinicians can use your practice’s customizable telemedicine chart note protocol to review vitals, history, and perform other steps.
Collect and Record Vitals During a Telemedicine Visit?: Your practice may want to collect vitals as reported by the parent or patient, and indicate the source of that information. You could use PCC’s standard Vitals component and indicate they were reported and not measured, or you could create custom components to indicate the source of information.
For more tips on designing a great telemedicine chart note protocol, read Create a Telemedicine Chart Note Protocol.
Select Diagnoses, Orders, and Indicate Other Procedures
After a visit is complete, the clinician should double-check diagnoses along with procedures and other orders on the chart note.
You can also click “PCC eRx” to create prescriptions. New and renewed prescriptions will automatically append to the bottom of the chart note.
Click “Bill” and Select a Visit Code
Next, click “Bill” to review and select codes on the Electronic Encounter Form.
The Electronic Encounter Form displays all diagnoses and procedure codes from items the clinician selected on the chart note. They will typically select a visit code manually.
For a telemedicine visit, you might select a -95 code for a live audio and video E&M visit. For a phone-only visit, you might use time based codes 99441-99443. Check out the configuration article to learn about other telemedicine visit codes. PCC also created a Telemedicine Timing reference sheet.
Update Units and Linking, and “Make Ready for Billing”
After you review and add codes, you can review units and which diagnosis is linked to each procedure. Next, make the visit ready for billing.
Sign the Chart Note
Complete charting and sign the chart note just as you would for other encounters.
PCC EHR supports cosigning providers if needed.
Click “Ready to Post” and Review the Billing Place of Service
After the clinician has made the encounter ready for billing, your practice can click “Ready to Post” to post charges.
Review the appointment details and optionally select a new Billing Place of Service.
Automatic Telehealth Place of Service: PCC EHR can automatically select an appropriate telemedicine place of service based on your practice’s configuration. Alternatively, you can select a Billing Place of Service manually when you post charges. If a patient is seen for both a telemedicine and an in-person encounter on the same date, with the same clinician, charges with different places of service will result in two separate claims (as of PCC 9.4).
Update Diagnoses, Procedures, Claim Information, and Payments
Next, the biller can make any required adjustments to diagnoses, procedures, claim information, or payments.
Billing for telemedicine is a rapidly evolving issue. Contact your payers to review their requirements.
Click “Save + Post” to Queue Up a Claim
Finally, the biller clicks “Save + Post” to post the charges and queue up a claim.
Later, the biller can come back to Post Charges if they need to add additional items.
Optional: Post Charges in Practice Management Instead
If your billers prefer the older Post Charges (checkout, chuck
) charge posting tool, they can use it instead.
While the Practice Management interface does not include all functionality found in PCC EHR, some billers prefer it.
Just as they can in PCC EHR, the biller can review details and make any adjustments needed to diagnoses, procedures, or claim information. Then they can post the charges and payments and queue up a claim.
Bill for a Phone Call as a Telemedicine Encounter
By using the above procedure, you can schedule, chart, and bill for a telemedicine encounter.
You can also turn phone calls that a clinician charted on a PCC EHR phone note into a billable telemedicine encounter.
Read Bill for Phone Calls and Portal Messages to learn more.
Bill for Patient Portal Messages as a Telemedicine Encounter
Your practice may help patients by exchanging secure portal messages, email, or other asynchronous text communication. You can bill for those encounters as a telemedicine visit, though many conditions apply.
You can bill for portal messages in PCC EHR using the same tools and workflow you would use for phone encounters. Read Bill for Phone Calls and Portal Messages to learn more.
Other Telemedicine Resources
As you research tools and procedures for telemedicine in your practice, you may find these helpful:
New User Training for Front Desk Staff
Use the new user training outline below to learn how to complete front desk tasks in PCC.
For personalized training, help with configuration, or other needs, contact PCC Support.
Get Started
Learn how to log in, navigate in PCC EHR, and use chat.
Log In to PCC EHR
- Log In and Navigate PCC EHR
- Log In to PCC EHR
- Change Passwords and Other User Account Settings
- Connect to Your PCC System from Home
Navigate PCC EHR
Chat with Colleagues
Schedule Appointments
Find open slots on the schedule by provider and location, then book appointments for patients and their siblings.
- Schedule a Patient in the Appointment Book
- Schedule for Providers Across Multiple Locations
- Schedule Multiple Appointments in the Appointment Book
- Schedule a Patient
Update Demographics and Insurance Policy Information
Work with patient and family account records and update a patient's insurance policies.
- Review and Update Patient and Family Demographics
- Update a Patient’s Insurance Policies
- Review and Update Patient and Family Demographics
- Review and Update Patient Insurance Policies
- Find Patients and Accounts
- Add New Patients and Accounts
Verify Insurance Eligibility for Encounters
You can review insurance eligibility en masse for all upcoming encounters, or for a single patient's encounter.
Check In a Patient
Update demographic information, verify insurance policy details, and collect copays when patients arrive for their appointments.
Communicate with Patients and Take Messages
Learn how to take notes during patient phone calls, send text messages to patients and families, and communicate with patients and families through the patient portal.
Work with Phone Notes
- Work With Phone Notes and Tasks
- Create Referrals, Labs, and Orders on Phone Notes (and Other Messages)
- Create a Phone Note
Send Text Messages to Patients and Families
- Send a Text Message Directly to a Patient or Family
- Send a Text Message Directly to a Patient or Family
Communicate with Patients and Families through the Patient Portal
- Reach Patients and Families with the Patient Portal
- Receive and Respond to Patient Portal Messages from My Kid’s Chart
- Administer Patient Portal User Accounts
Import, Work With, and Share Patient Documents and Forms
Learn how to get documents into PCC EHR, attach them to patient charts, and generate forms for patients and families.
- Import and Work With Documents
- Scan, Fax, or Print a Document into PCC EHR
- Import and Attach a Document to a Patient’s Chart
- Work with Documents in a Patient’s Chart
- Make Documents Available to Patients and Families in My Kid’s Chart
- Generate Forms in PCC EHR
- Print Visit Forms
Manage the Schedule and Complete Tasks
Ensure the schedule remains accurate throughout the day and complete tasks assigned to the front desk.
- Use Visit Status Counters to Know Where You’re Needed
- Work with Today’s Patients on the PCC EHR Schedule Screen
- Mark an Appointment As Missed or Canceled
- Work on Messaging Tasks, Document Tasks, Call Backs, and More
Reconcile Payments at the End of the Day
Make sure the money you collected was entered correctly into PCC EHR.
Recall, Remind, and Notify Patients
Send one-time or recurring notifications to patients and families.
Send Routine Appointment Reminders
Send Broadcast Messages
Recall Patients Who Are Due for a Visit
Front Desk Essentials and Best Practices
Perform Telemedicine Encounters
Schedule, check-in, and manage the flow of telemedicine visits like a pro in PCC EHR.
New User Training for Clinicians
Use the new user training outline below to learn how to complete clinical tasks in PCC.
For personalized training, help with configuration, or other needs, contact PCC Support.
Get Started
Learn how to log in, navigate in PCC EHR, and use chat.
Log In to PCC EHR
- Log In and Navigate PCC EHR
- Log In to PCC EHR
- Change Passwords and Other User Account Settings
- Connect to Your PCC System from Home
Navigate PCC EHR
Chat with Colleagues
Review a Patient Chart
- Review a Patient Chart in PCC EHR
- Navigate a Patient’s Chart
- Clinical Alerts
- The Medical Summary
- The Visit History Screen
- Growth Charts
- Flowsheets
- Allergies
- Immunization Forecasting
- Review and Edit Sibling Charts
- Search the Patient Visit History or within a Charted Encounter
Chart a Patient Visit
Patient Intake
Room the patient, review and update patient information, and begin collecting clinical data.
- Patient Intake
- Review and Update Patient and Family Demographics
- Review and Update Patient and Family Demographics
- Review and Update a Patient’s Immunization Record
During patient intake, you can also:
- Record the Patient’s Chief Complaint
- Record Multiple Measurements of Patient Vitals
- Update the Patient’s Preferred Pharmacy Information
- Review and Update the Patient’s Medication History
- Check if the Patient Needs a Prescription Refill
Chart an Encounter
- Chart a Visit in PCC EHR
- Chart with Multiple Protocols
- Chart with Answer Memory, Last Answer, and Your Custom Auto-Notes
- Expand Short Text into Common Phrases in PCC EHR
- Chart a Visit in PCC EHR
- Chart Note Protocols
- Chart with Answer Memory, Last Answer, and Your Custom Auto-Notes
- Expand Short Text into Common Phrases in PCC EHR
- Spell Check in PCC EHR
Record Diagnoses
- Find and Refine Diagnoses as You Chart
- Hide Sensitive Diagnoses from the Patient Portal and Patient Reports
Create and Complete Medical Procedure, Screening, Lab, and Other Orders
Learn how to order discrete tests, procedures, labs, handouts, and more, create tasks from those orders and assign them to your coworkers, and mark orders as complete when all the tasks are done.
- Create and Complete Orders in PCC EHR
- Create Referrals, Labs, and Orders on Phone Notes (and Other Messages)
- Orders Overview (Labs, Procedures, Supplies, Immunizations, and More)
- Order a Lab, Procedure, Supply, or Other Order
- Fulfill Orders and Complete Tasks
- Find Incomplete Orders by Date Range and Order Type
- Use Orders to Track Clinical Measures for Reporting, Mandates, and Incentive Programs
Order and Administer Immunizations
- Review, Order and Administer Immunizations
- Manage Immunization Lots and Track Vaccine Inventory
- Review, Order, and Administer Immunizations
- Manage Immunization Lots and Track Vaccine Inventory
- Use a Barcode Scanner to Manage Immunization Lot Inventory
Send Out for Labs and X-Rays
- Generate Outbound Lab and Radiology Requisitions in PCC EHR
- Add E-Lab Users and Import E-Lab Results
- Generate Outbound Lab and Radiology Requisitions
- Manage Incoming E-lab Test Results
Find and Share Handouts with Patients
Complete Visit Tasks and Order Follow-Ups
Prescribe Medications
Record patient medications and allergies, prepare or renew prescriptions, automatically check for patient safety before printing or electronically sending prescriptions to the pharmacy, and customize PCC eRx to your preferences.
- Prescribe Medications
- Manage Prescription Activity on the Rx Queue
- Prescribing 101: PCC eRx Essentials for New Users
- Prescribing 201: Beyond the Basics of PCC eRx
- PCC eRx – EPCS Enrollment
- Check Prescription Pricing and Insurance Coverage While You Prescribe
- Resend a Prescription
- Prescribe Medications
- Manage Prescription Activity on the Rx Queue
- Allergies
- Review and Update Medication History
- PCC eRx Prescription Favorites
- Create Custom Medications and Sentences in PCC eRx
- Register for EPCS
- Prescribe Controlled Substances
- Manage Your EPCS Account, Tokens, and Password
- Work with Pharmacies
- Check Prescription Pricing and Insurance Coverage While You Prescribe
- Resend a Prescription
Prepare an Encounter for Billing
When a visit, phone call, or other billable encounter is finished, prepare it for billing.
Sign Encounters, Orders, and Results
Ensure that providers review and sign chart notes and results.
- Review and Sign Visits, Orders, and Other Items in PCC EHR
- Sign Visit Chart Notes
- Sign Phone Notes
- Sign Orders
- Signing Documents
- Co-Sign Visit Chart Notes
Communicate with Patients and Take Messages
Learn how to take notes during patient phone calls, send text messages to patients and families, and communicate with patients and families through the patient portal.
Work with Phone Notes
- Work With Phone Notes and Tasks
- Create Referrals, Labs, and Orders on Phone Notes (and Other Messages)
- Create a Phone Note
Send Text Messages to Patients and Families
- Send a Text Message Directly to a Patient or Family
- Send a Text Message Directly to a Patient or Family
Communicate with Patients and Families through the Patient Portal
- Reach Patients and Families with the Patient Portal
- Receive and Respond to Patient Portal Messages from My Kid’s Chart
- Administer Patient Portal User Accounts
Exchange Clinical Records
Electronically exchange patient records with other healthcare providers.
- Get Started with Direct Secure Messaging
- Send, Receive, and Reconcile Direct Secure Messages
- Clinical Document Exchange: Initiator Role
- Clinical Document Exchange: The Responder Role
- How to Respond to Record Requests with PCC EHR
- Send and Receive Direct Secure Messages
- Securely Retrieve Clinical Documents from Hospitals and Other Providers
Import, Work With, and Share Patient Documents and Forms
Learn how to get documents into PCC EHR, attach them to patient charts, and generate forms for patients and families.
- Import and Work With Documents
- Scan, Fax, or Print a Document into PCC EHR
- Import and Attach a Document to a Patient’s Chart
- Work with Documents in a Patient’s Chart
- Make Documents Available to Patients and Families in My Kid’s Chart
- Generate Forms in PCC EHR
- Print Visit Forms
Perform Telemedicine Encounters
Schedule, check-in, and manage the flow of telemedicine visits like a pro in PCC EHR.
- Schedule, Chart, and Bill a Telemedicine Encounter
- Schedule, Chart, and Bill a Telemedicine Visit
- Best Practices for Pediatrics in the COVID-19 Era
Work in Patient Charts from Any Web Browser or Mobile Device
Upload photos, record vitals, and make other updates to patient charts from any web browser or mobile device.
- Get Started in pocketPCC
- Signing in pocketPCC
- Get Started in pocketPCC
- Navigate in pocketPCC
- Find a Patient in pocketPCC
- Review a Patient’s Chart in pocketPCC
- Enter Vitals in pocketPCC
- Use pocketPCC to Add Photos or Upload Files to Patient Charts
- Sign Notes, Visits, and Documents in pocketPCC
- Create and Edit Phone Notes in pocketPCC
- Receive and Send Patient Portal Messages in pocketPCC
- Add pocketPCC to Your Home Screen
Add Additional Races, Ethnicities, and Languages in PCC EHR
When you update a patient’s demographics, you can select from your practice’s list of races and ethnicities and enter any language from the full CDC OMB lists. You can have up to three races, ethnicities, and languages listed on a patient’s chart.
PCC EHR includes a default list of races and ethnicities, but your practice can optionally add any race or ethnicity from the full CDC OMB lists.
For convenience, you can search the list below to see if what you need is available in the CDC standards used in PCC EHR. Contact PCC Support to have any of the races or ethnicities below added to your practice’s pull-down lists. All languages are always available in PCC EHR.
Races
Default List
- American Indian or Alaska Native
- Asian
- Black or African American
- Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander
- White
- Other Race
- Prefers not to answer
Other Available Races in PCC EHR
Abenaki | Absentee Shawnee | Acoma | Afghanistani | African |
African American | Agdaagux | Agua Caliente | Agua Caliente Cahuilla | Ahtna |
Ak-Chin | Akhiok | Akiachak | Akiak | Akutan |
Alabama Coushatta | Alabama Creek | Alabama Quassarte | Alakanuk | Alamo Navajo |
Alanvik | Alaska Indian | Alaska Native | Alaskan Athabascan | Alatna |
Aleknagik | Aleut | Aleut Corporation | Aleutian | Aleutian Islander |
Alexander | Algonquian | Allakaket | Allen Canyon | Alpine |
Alsea | Alutiiq Aleut | Ambler | American Indian | Anaktuvuk |
Anaktuvuk Pass | Andreafsky | Angoon | Aniak | Anvik |
Apache | Arab | Arapaho | Arctic | Arctic Slope Corporation |
Arctic Slope Inupiat | Arikara | Arizona Tewa | Armenian | Aroostook |
Asian Indian | Assiniboine | Assiniboine Sioux | Assyrian | Atka |
Atmautluak | Atqasuk | Atsina | Attacapa | Augustine |
Bad River | Bahamian | Bangladeshi | Bannock | Barbadian |
Barrio Libre | Barrow | Battle Mountain | Bay Mills Chippewa | Beaver |
Belkofski | Bering Straits Inupiat | Bethel | Bhutanese | Big Cypress |
Bill Moore’s Slough | Biloxi | Birch Creek | Bishop | Black |
Blackfeet | Blackfoot Sioux | Bois Forte | Botswanan | Brevig Mission |
Bridgeport | Brighton | Bristol Bay Aleut | Bristol Bay Yupik | Brotherton |
Brule Sioux | Buckland | Burmese | Burns Paiute | Burt Lake Band |
Burt Lake Chippewa | Burt Lake Ottawa | Cabazon | Caddo | Cahto |
Cahuilla | California Tribes | Calista Yupik | Cambodian | Campo |
Canadian and Latin American Indian | Canadian Indian | Canoncito Navajo | Cantwell | Capitan Grande |
Carolinian | Carson | Catawba | Cayuga | Cayuse |
Cedarville | Celilo | Central American Indian | Central Council of Tlingit and Haida Tribes | Central Pomo |
Chalkyitsik | Chamorro | Chefornak | Chehalis | Chemakuan |
Chemehuevi | Chenega | Cherokee | Cherokee Alabama | Cherokee Shawnee |
Cherokees of Northeast Alabama | Cherokees of Southeast Alabama | Chevak | Cheyenne | Cheyenne River Sioux |
Cheyenne-Arapaho | Chickahominy | Chickaloon | Chickasaw | Chignik |
Chignik Lagoon | Chignik Lake | Chilkat | Chilkoot | Chimariko |
Chinese | Chinik | Chinook | Chippewa | Chippewa Cree |
Chiricahua | Chistochina | Chitimacha | Chitina | Choctaw |
Chuathbaluk | Chugach Aleut | Chugach Corporation | Chukchansi | Chumash |
Chuukese | Circle | Citizen Band Potawatomi | Clark’s Point | Clatsop |
Clear Lake | Clifton Choctaw | Coast Miwok | Coast Yurok | Cochiti |
Cocopah | Coeur D’Alene | Coharie | Colorado River | Columbia |
Columbia River Chinook | Colville | Comanche | Cook Inlet | Coos |
Coos, Lower Umpqua, Siuslaw | Copper Center | Copper River | Coquilles | Costanoan |
Council | Coushatta | Cow Creek Umpqua | Cowlitz | Craig |
Cree | Creek | Croatan | Crooked Creek | Crow |
Crow Creek Sioux | Cupeno | Cuyapaipe | Dakota Sioux | Deering |
Delaware | Diegueno | Digger | Dillingham | Dominica Islander |
Dominican | Dot Lake | Douglas | Doyon | Dresslerville |
Dry Creek | Duck Valley | Duckwater | Duwamish | Eagle |
Eastern Cherokee | Eastern Chickahominy | Eastern Creek | Eastern Delaware | Eastern Muscogee |
Eastern Pomo | Eastern Shawnee | Eastern Tribes | Echota Cherokee | Eek |
Egegik | Egyptian | Eklutna | Ekuk | Ekwok |
Elim | Elko | Ely | Emmonak | English |
English Bay | Eskimo | Esselen | Ethiopian | Etowah Cherokee |
European | Evansville | Eyak | Fallon | False Pass |
Fijian | Filipino | Flandreau Santee | Florida Seminole | Fond du Lac |
Forest County | Fort Belknap | Fort Berthold | Fort Bidwell | Fort Hall |
Fort Independence | Fort McDermitt | Fort Mcdowell | Fort Peck | Fort Peck Assiniboine Sioux |
Fort Sill Apache | Fort Yukon | French | French American Indian | Gabrieleno |
Gakona | Galena | Gambell | Gay Head Wampanoag | Georgetown (Eastern Tribes) |
Georgetown (Yupik-Eskimo) | German | Gila Bend | Gila River Pima-Maricopa | Golovin |
Goodnews Bay | Goshute | Grand Portage | Grand Ronde | Grand Traverse Band of Ottawa/Chippewa |
Grayling | Greenland Eskimo | Gros Ventres | Guamanian | Guamanian or Chamorro |
Gulkana | Haida | Haitian | Haliwa | Hannahville |
Havasupai | Healy Lake | Hidatsa | Hmong | Ho-chunk |
Hoh | Hollywood Seminole | Holy Cross | Hoonah | Hoopa |
Hoopa Extension | Hooper Bay | Hopi | Houma | Hualapai |
Hughes | Huron Potawatomi | Huslia | Hydaburg | Igiugig |
Iliamna | Illinois Miami | Inaja-Cosmit | Inalik Diomede | Indian Township |
Indiana Miami | Indonesian | Inupiaq | Inupiat Eskimo | Iowa |
Iowa of Kansas-Nebraska | Iowa of Oklahoma | Iowa Sac and Fox | Iqurmuit (Russian Mission) | Iranian |
Iraqi | Irish | Iroquois | Isleta | Israeli |
Italian | Ivanof Bay | Iwo Jiman | Jamaican | Jamestown |
Japanese | Jemez | Jena Choctaw | Jicarilla Apache | Juaneno |
Kaibab | Kake | Kaktovik | Kalapuya | Kalispel |
Kalskag | Kaltag | Karluk | Karuk | Kasaan |
Kashia | Kasigluk | Kathlamet | Kaw | Kawaiisu |
Kawerak | Kenaitze | Keres | Kern River | Ketchikan |
Keweenaw | Kialegee | Kiana | Kickapoo | Kikiallus |
King Cove | King Salmon | Kiowa | Kipnuk | Kiribati |
Kivalina | Klallam | Klamath | Klawock | Kluti Kaah |
Knik | Kobuk | Kodiak | Kokhanok | Koliganek |
Kongiganak | Koniag Aleut | Konkow | Kootenai | Korean |
Kosraean | Kotlik | Kotzebue | Koyuk | Koyukuk |
Kwethluk | Kwigillingok | Kwiguk | La Jolla | La Posta |
Lac Courte Oreilles | Lac du Flambeau | Lac Vieux Desert Chippewa | Laguna | Lake Minchumina |
Lake Superior | Lake Traverse Sioux | Laotian | Larsen Bay | Las Vegas |
Lassik | Lebanese | Leech Lake | Lenni-Lenape | Levelock |
Liberian | Lime | Lipan Apache | Little Shell Chippewa | Lone Pine |
Long Island | Los Coyotes | Lovelock | Lower Brule Sioux | Lower Elwha |
Lower Kalskag | Lower Muscogee | Lower Sioux | Lower Skagit | Luiseno |
Lumbee | Lummi | Machis Lower Creek Indian | Madagascar | Maidu |
Makah | Malaysian | Maldivian | Malheur Paiute | Maliseet |
Mandan | Manley Hot Springs | Manokotak | Manzanita | Mariana Islander |
Maricopa | Marshall | Marshallese | Marshantucket Pequot | Mary’s Igloo |
Mashpee Wampanoag | Matinecock | Mattaponi | Mattole | Mauneluk Inupiat |
Mcgrath | Mdewakanton Sioux | Mekoryuk | Melanesian | Menominee |
Mentasta Lake | Mesa Grande | Mescalero Apache | Metlakatla | Mexican American Indian |
Miami | Miccosukee | Michigan Ottawa | Micmac | Micronesian |
Middle Eastern or North African | Mille Lacs | Miniconjou | Minnesota Chippewa | Minto |
Mission Indians | Mississippi Choctaw | Missouri Sac and Fox | Miwok | Moapa |
Modoc | Mohave | Mohawk | Mohegan | Molala |
Mono | Montauk | Moor | Morongo | Mountain Maidu |
Mountain Village | Mowa Band of Choctaw | Muckleshoot | Munsee | Naknek |
Nambe | Namibian | Nana Inupiat | Nansemond | Nanticoke |
Napakiak | Napaskiak | Napaumute | Narragansett | Natchez |
Native Hawaiian | Nausu Waiwash | Navajo | Nebraska Ponca | Nebraska Winnebago |
Nelson Lagoon | Nenana | Nepalese | New Hebrides | New Stuyahok |
Newhalen | Newtok | Nez Perce | Nigerian | Nightmute |
Nikolai | Nikolski | Ninilchik | Nipmuc | Nishinam |
Nisqually | Noatak | Nomalaki | Nome | Nondalton |
Nooksack | Noorvik | Northern Arapaho | Northern Cherokee | Northern Cheyenne |
Northern Paiute | Northern Pomo | Northway | Northwest Tribes | Nuiqsut |
Nulato | Nunapitchukv | Oglala Sioux | Okinawan | Oklahoma Apache |
Oklahoma Cado | Oklahoma Choctaw | Oklahoma Comanche | Oklahoma Delaware | Oklahoma Kickapoo |
Oklahoma Kiowa | Oklahoma Miami | Oklahoma Ottawa | Oklahoma Pawnee | Oklahoma Peoria |
Oklahoma Ponca | Oklahoma Sac and Fox | Oklahoma Seminole | Old Harbor | Omaha |
Oneida | Onondaga | Ontonagon | Oregon Athabaskan | Osage |
Oscarville | Other Pacific Islander | Otoe-Missouria | Ottawa | Ouzinkie |
Owens Valley | Paiute | Pakistani | Pala | Palauan |
Palestinian | Pamunkey | Panamint | Papua New Guinean | Pascua Yaqui |
Passamaquoddy | Paugussett | Pauloff Harbor | Pauma | Pawnee |
Payson Apache | Pechanga | Pedro Bay | Pelican | Penobscot |
Peoria | Pequot | Perryville | Petersburg | Picuris |
Pilot Point | Pilot Station | Pima | Pine Ridge Sioux | Pipestone Sioux |
Piro | Piscataway | Pit River | Pitkas Point | Platinum |
Pleasant Point Passamaquoddy | Poarch Band | Pocomoke Acohonock | Pohnpeian | Point Hope |
Point Lay | Pojoaque | Pokagon Potawatomi | Polish | Polynesian |
Pomo | Ponca | Poospatuck | Port Gamble Klallam | Port Graham |
Port Heiden | Port Lions | Port Madison | Portage Creek | Potawatomi |
Powhatan | Prairie Band | Prairie Island Sioux | Principal Creek Indian Nation | Prior Lake Sioux |
Pueblo | Puget Sound Salish | Puyallup | Pyramid Lake | Qagan Toyagungin |
Qawalangin | Quapaw | Quechan | Quileute | Quinault |
Quinhagak | Ramah Navajo | Rampart | Rampough Mountain | Rappahannock |
Red Cliff Chippewa | Red Devil | Red Lake Chippewa | Red Wood | Reno-Sparks |
Rocky Boy’s Chippewa Cree | Rosebud Sioux | Round Valley | Ruby | Ruby Valley |
Sac and Fox | Saginaw Chippewa | Saipanese | Salamatof | Salinan |
Salish | Salish and Kootenai | Salt River Pima-Maricopa | Samish | Samoan |
San Carlos Apache | San Felipe | San Ildefonso | San Juan | San Juan De |
San Juan Pueblo | San Juan Southern Paiute | San Manual | San Pasqual | San Xavier |
Sand Hill | Sand Point | Sandia | Sans Arc Sioux | Santa Ana |
Santa Clara | Santa Rosa | Santa Rosa Cahuilla | Santa Ynez | Santa Ysabel |
Santee Sioux | Santo Domingo | Sauk-Suiattle | Sault Ste. Marie Chippewa | Savoonga |
Saxman | Scammon Bay | Schaghticoke | Scott Valley | Scottish |
Scotts Valley | Selawik | Seldovia | Sells | Seminole |
Seneca | Seneca Nation | Seneca-Cayuga | Serrano | Setauket |
Shageluk | Shaktoolik | Shasta | Shawnee | Sheldon’s Point |
Shinnecock | Shishmaref | Shoalwater Bay | Shoshone | Shoshone Paiute |
Shungnak | Siberian Eskimo | Siberian Yupik | Siletz | Singaporean |
Sioux | Sisseton Sioux | Sisseton-Wahpeton | Sitka | Siuslaw |
Skokomish | Skull Valley | Skykomish | Slana | Sleetmute |
Snohomish | Snoqualmie | Soboba | Sokoagon Chippewa | Solomon |
Solomon Islander | South American Indian | South Fork Shoshone | South Naknek | Southeast Alaska |
Southeastern Indians | Southern Arapaho | Southern Cheyenne | Southern Paiute | Spanish American Indian |
Spirit Lake Sioux | Spokane | Squaxin Island | Sri Lankan | St. Croix Chippewa |
St. George | St. Mary’s | St. Michael | St. Paul | Standing Rock Sioux |
Star Clan of Muscogee Creeks | Stebbins | Steilacoom | Stevens | Stewart |
Stillaguamish | Stockbridge | Stony River | Stonyford | Sugpiaq |
Sulphur Bank | Summit Lake | Suqpigaq | Suquamish | Susanville |
Susquehanock | Swinomish | Sycuan | Syrian | Table Bluff |
Tachi | Tahitian | Taiwanese | Takelma | Takotna |
Talakamish | Tanacross | Tanaina | Tanana | Tanana Chiefs |
Taos | Tatitlek | Tazlina | Te-Moak Western Shoshone | Telida |
Teller | Temecula | Tenakee Springs | Tenino | Tesuque |
Tetlin | Teton Sioux | Tewa | Texas Kickapoo | Thai |
Thlopthlocco | Tigua | Tillamook | Timbi-Sha Shoshone | Tlingit |
Tlingit-Haida | Tobagoan | Togiak | Tohono O’Odham | Tok |
Tokelauan | Toksook | Tolowa | Tonawanda Seneca | Tongan |
Tonkawa | Torres-Martinez | Trinidadian | Trinity | Tsimshian |
Tuckabachee | Tulalip | Tule River | Tulukskak | Tunica Biloxi |
Tuntutuliak | Tununak | Turtle Mountain | Tuscarora | Tuscola |
Twenty-Nine Palms | Twin Hills | Two Kettle Sioux | Tygh | Tyonek |
Ugashik | Uintah Ute | Umatilla | Umkumiate | Umpqua |
Unalakleet | Unalaska | Unangan Aleut | Unga | United Keetowah Band of Cherokee |
Upper Chinook | Upper Sioux | Upper Skagit | Ute | Ute Mountain Ute |
Utu Utu Gwaitu Paiute | Venetie | Vietnamese | Waccamaw-Siousan | Wahpekute Sioux |
Wahpeton Sioux | Wailaki | Wainwright | Wakiakum Chinook | Wales |
Walker River | Walla-Walla | Wampanoag | Wappo | Warm Springs |
Wascopum | Washakie | Washoe | Wazhaza Sioux | Wenatchee |
West Indian | Western Cherokee | Western Chickahominy | Whilkut | White Earth |
White Mountain | White Mountain Apache | White Mountain Inupiat | Wichita | Wicomico |
Willapa Chinook | Wind River | Wind River Arapaho | Wind River Shoshone | Winnebago |
Winnemucca | Wintun | Wisconsin Potawatomi | Wiseman | Wishram |
Wiyot | Wrangell | Wyandotte | Yahooskin | Yakama |
Yakama Cowlitz | Yakutat | Yana | Yankton Sioux | Yanktonai Sioux |
Yapese | Yaqui | Yavapai | Yavapai Apache | Yerington Paiute |
Yokuts | Yomba | Yuchi | Yuki | Yuman |
Yupik Eskimo | Yurok | Zairean | Zia | Zuni |
Ethnicities
Default List
- Hispanic or Latino
- Not Hispanic or Latino
- Prefers not to answer
Other Available Ethnicities in PCC EHR
Andalusian | Argentinean | Asturian | Belearic Islander | Bolivian |
Canal Zone | Canarian | Castillian | Catalonian | Central American |
Central American Indian | Chicano | Chilean | Colombian | Costa Rican |
Criollo | Cuban | Dominican | Ecuadorian | Gallego |
Guatemalan | Honduran | La Raza | Latin American | Mexican |
Mexican American | Mexican American Indian | Mexicano | Nicaraguan | Panamanian |
Paraguayan | Peruvian | Puerto Rican | SalvadoranL | South American |
South American Indian | Spaniard | Spanish Basque | Uruguayan | Valencian |
Venezuelan |
Languages
Default List
All languages defined in the CDC OMB list are always available in PCC EHR.
Languages in PCC EHR
Abkhazian | Achinese | Acoli | Adangme | Adyghe; Adygei |
Afar | Afrihili | Afrikaans | Afro-Asiatic (Other) | Ainu |
Akan | Akkadian | Albanian | Aleut | Algonquian languages |
Altaic (Other) | American Sign Language | Amharic | Angika | Apache languages |
Arabic | Aragonese | Arapaho | Arawak | Armenian |
Aromanian; Arumanian; Macedo-Romanian | Artificial (Other) | Assamese | Asturian; Bable; Leonese; Asturleonese | Athapascan languages |
Australian languages | Austronesian (Other) | Avaric | Avestan | Awadhi |
Aymara | Azerbaijani | Balinese | Baltic (Other) | Baluchi |
Bambara | Bamileke languages | Banda languages | Bantu (Other) | Basa |
Bashkir | Basque | Batak languages | Beja; Bedawiyet | Belarusian |
Bemba | Bengali | Berber (Other) | Bhojpuri | Bihari |
Bikol | Bini; Edo | Bislama | Blin; Bilin | Blissymbols; Blissymbolics; Bliss |
Bokmål, Norwegian; Norwegian Bokmål | Bosnian | Braj | Breton | Buginese |
Bulgarian | Buriat | Burmese | Caddo | Catalan; Valencian |
Caucasian (Other) | Cebuano | Celtic (Other) | Central American Indian (Other) | Central Khmer |
Chagatai | Chamic languages | Chamorro | Chechen | Cherokee |
Cheyenne | Chibcha | Chichewa; Chewa; Nyanja | Chinese | Chinook jargon |
Chipewyan; Dene Suline | Choctaw | Church Slavic; Old Slavonic; Church Slavonic; Old Bulgarian; Old Church Slavonic | Chuukese | Chuvash |
Classical Newari; Old Newari; Classical Nepal Bhasa | Classical Syriac | Coptic | Cornish | Corsican |
Cree | Creek | Creoles and pidgins (Other) | Creoles and pidgins, English based (Other) | Creoles and pidgins, French-based (Other) |
Creoles and pidgins, Portuguese-based (Other) | Crimean Tatar; Crimean Turkish | Croatian | Cushitic (Other) | Czech |
Dakota | Danish | Dargwa | Delaware | Dinka |
Divehi; Dhivehi; Maldivian | Dogri | Dogrib | Dravidian (Other) | Duala |
Dutch, Middle (ca.1050-1350) | Dutch; Flemish | Dyula | Dzongkha | Eastern Frisian |
Efik | Egyptian (Ancient) | Ekajuk | Elamite | English |
English, Middle (1100-1500) | English, Old (ca.450-1100) | Erzya | Esperanto | Estonian |
Ewe | Ewondo | Fang | Fanti | Faroese |
Fijian | Filipino; Pilipino | Finnish | Finno-Ugrian (Other) | Fon |
French | French, Middle (ca.1400-1600) | French, Old (842-ca.1400) | Friulian | Fulah |
Ga | Gaelic; Scottish Gaelic | Galibi Carib | Galician | Ganda |
Gayo | Gbaya | Geez | Georgian | German |
German, Middle High (ca.1050-1500) | German, Old High (ca.750-1050) | Germanic (Other) | Gilbertese | Gondi |
Gorontalo | Gothic | Grebo | Greek, Ancient (to 1453) | Greek, Modern (1453-) |
Guarani | Gujarati | Gwich’in | Haida | Haitian; Haitian Creole |
Hausa | Hawaiian | Hebrew | Herero | Hiligaynon |
Himachali | Hindi | Hiri Motu | Hittite | Hmong |
Hungarian | Hupa | Iban | Icelandic | Ido |
Igbo | Ijo languages | Iloko | Inari Sami | Indic (Other) |
Indo-European (Other) | Indonesian | Ingush | Interlingua (International Auxiliary Language Association) | Interlingue; Occidental |
Inuktitut | Inupiaq | Iranian (Other) | Irish | Irish, Middle (900-1200) |
Irish, Old (to 900) | Iroquoian languages | Italian | Japanese | Javanese |
Judeo-Arabic | Judeo-Persian | Kabardian | Kabyle | Kachin; Jingpho |
Kalaallisut; Greenlandic | Kalmyk; Oirat | Kamba | Kannada | Kanuri |
Kara-Kalpak | Karachay-Balkar | Karelian | Karen languages | Kashmiri |
Kashubian | Kawi | Kazakh | Khasi | Khoisan (Other) |
Khotanese | Kikuyu; Gikuyu | Kimbundu | Kinyarwanda | Kirghiz; Kyrgyz |
Klingon; tlhIngan-Hol | Komi | Kongo | Konkani | Korean |
Kosraean | Kpelle | Kru languages | Kuanyama; Kwanyama | Kumyk |
Kurdish | Kurukh | Kutenai | Ladino | Lahnda |
Lamba | Land Dayak languages | Lao | Latin | Latvian |
Lezghian | Limburgan; Limburger; Limburgish | Lingala | Lithuanian | Lojban |
Low German; Low Saxon; German, Low; Saxon, Low | Lower Sorbian | Lozi | Luba-Katanga | Luba-Lulua |
Luiseno | Lule Sami | Lunda | Luo (Kenya and Tanzania) | Lushai |
Luxembourgish; Letzeburgesch | Macedonian | Madurese | Magahi | Maithili |
Makasar | Malagasy | Malay | Malayalam | Maltese |
Manchu | Mandar | Mandarin | Mandingo | Manipuri |
Manobo languages | Manx | Maori | Mapudungun; Mapuche | Marathi |
Mari | Marshallese | Marwari | Masai | Mayan languages |
Mende | Mi’kmaq; Micmac | Minangkabau | Mirandese | Mohawk |
Moksha | Moldavian; Moldovan | Mon-Khmer (Other) | Mongo | Mongolian |
Mossi | Multiple languages | Munda languages | N’Ko | Nahuatl languages |
Nauru | Navajo; Navaho | Ndebele, North; North Ndebele | Ndebele, South; South Ndebele | Ndonga |
Neapolitan | Nepal Bhasa; Newari | Nepali | Nias | Niger-Kordofanian (Other) |
Nilo-Saharan (Other) | Niuean | No linguistic content; Not applicable | Nogai | Norse, Old |
North American Indian | Northern Frisian | Northern Sami | Norwegian | Norwegian Nynorsk; Nynorsk, Norwegian |
Nubian languages | Nyamwezi | Nyankole | Nyoro | Nzima |
Occitan (post 1500); Provençal | Official Aramaic (700-300 BCE); Imperial Aramaic (700-300 BCE) | Ojibwa | Oriya | Oromo |
Osage | Ossetian; Ossetic | Otomian languages | Pahlavi | Palauan |
Pali | Pampanga; Kapampangan | Pangasinan | Panjabi; Punjabi | Papiamento |
Papuan (Other) | Pedi; Sepedi; Northern Sotho | Persian | Persian, Old (ca.600-400 B.C.) | Philippine (Other) |
Phoenician | Pohnpeian | Polish | Portuguese | Prakrit languages |
Prefers not to answer | Provençal, Old (to 1500) | Pushto; Pashto | Quechua | Rajasthani |
Rapanui | Rarotongan; Cook Islands Maori | Romance (Other) | Romanian | Romansh |
Romany | Rundi | Russian | Salishan languages | Samaritan Aramaic |
Sami languages (Other) | Samoan | Sandawe | Sango | Sanskrit |
Santali | Sardinian | Sasak | Scots | Selkup |
Semitic (Other) | Serbian | Serbo-Croatian | Serer | Shan |
Shona | Sichuan Yi; Nuosu | Sicilian | Sidamo | Sign Languages |
Siksika | Sindhi | Sinhala; Sinhalese | Sino-Tibetan (Other) | Siouan languages |
Skolt Sami | Slave (Athapascan) | Slavic (Other) | Slovak | Slovenian |
Sogdian | Somali | Songhai languages | Soninke | Sorbian languages |
Sotho, Southern | South American Indian (Other) | Southern Altai | Southern Sami | Spanish Creole |
Spanish; Castilian | Sranan Tongo | Sukuma | Sumerian | Sundanese |
Susu | Swahili | Swati | Swedish | Swiss German; Alemannic; Alsatian |
Syriac | Tagalog | Tahitian | Tai (Other) | Tajik |
Tamashek | Tamil | Tatar | Telugu | Tereno |
Tetum | Thai | Tibetan | Tigre | Tigrinya |
Timne | Tiv | Tlingit | Tok Pisin | Tokelau |
Tonga (Nyasa) | Tonga (Tonga Islands) | Tsimshian | Tsonga | Tswana |
Tumbuka | Tupi languages | Turkish | Turkish, Ottoman (1500-1928) | Turkmen |
Tuvalu | Tuvinian | Twi | Udmurt | Ugaritic |
Uighur; Uyghur | Ukrainian | Umbundu | Uncoded languages | Undetermined |
Upper Sorbian | Urdu | Uzbek | Vai | Venda |
Vietnamese | Volapük | Votic | Wakashan languages | Walamo |
Walloon | Waray | Washo | Welsh | Western Frisian |
Wolof | Xhosa | Yakut | Yao | Yapese |
Yiddish | Yoruba | Yue | Yupik languages | Zande languages |
Zapotec | Zaza; Dimili; Dimli; Kirdki; Kirmanjki; Zazaki | Zenaga | Zhuang; Chuang | Zulu |
Zuni |
Post Charges
After a clinician charts an encounter, they click “Bill” to make the encounter ready for billing. Once they’ve verified procedures, diagnoses, and linking, you can “check out” the encounter by posting charges.
As you post charges for an encounter, you can review and update patient and encounter information, double-check the linking and codes that the clinician selected, work with TOS payments, and more.
Watch a Video: You can watch a quick video introduction to posting charges in PCC EHR.
Learn All Steps for the Biller Role: This article (and video) is part of the New User Training for Billers. You can use that outline to learn how to complete other billing tasks in PCC EHR.
Post Charges and Payments in PCC EHR
Read the procedure below to learn how to post charges in PCC EHR.
Click “Ready to Post” on the Schedule or Messaging Queue
Find an encounter ready to post on either the PCC EHR Schedule screen or the Messaging queue and click “Ready to Post”.
PCC EHR will open a Post Charges window.
Review Patient History, Patient Details, and the Chart Note
Review your practice’s Patient Details protocol to check eligibility, update insurance policies, or check demographic information.
You can click “History” to visit the patient’s chart history or “Visit Note” to open a copy of the encounter’s chart note.
Click “Post Charges” to Open the Post Charges Protocol
When you are ready to post charges, payments, and claim information, click on the “Post Charges” navigation button.
Review the Encounter’s Place of Service and Rendering Provider
If you need to change the billing place of service or provider of service, you can do so in the Appointment Details component at the top of Post Charges.
For example, if you are posting charges for a telemedicine encounter, you may need to change the billing place of service for some carriers. Also, sometimes a claim is billed out under a supervising provider of service. The changes you make here will not effect the scheduled Appointment Provider for the encounter.
Review and Update Diagnoses and Procedures
Use the Diagnoses and Procedures components to review and update codes and linking for the encounter.
The Diagnoses and Procedures components display what the clinician selected in the Bill window (their “electronic encounter form”). If you need to add a modifier to a code, you can click on a procedure to select variations.
You can optionally add diagnoses or procedures that you need for billing.
New Diagnoses and Procedures Will Not Appear on the Chart Note: While a biller can add diagnoses and procedures on the Post Charges protocol, those items will only appear in the billing record and on the claim. For most situations, the clinician should chart all procedures and diagnoses on the chart note.
Adjust Linking and Other Procedure Details
You can adjust linking in either the Diagnoses or Procedures components. You can click to link or unlink all procedures, or open a selection window.
In the Procedures component, you can set which diagnosis is primary for each procedure.
You can adjust the number of units, switch to a secondary insurance or “Self Pay”, and change the amount due personal (to adjust the copay on a charge, for example).
Complex Billing Configuration Available: As you work, you may see due amounts change based on your selection and your practice’s configuration. PCC supports configurations for price schedules, copay rules, capitated plans that adjust off charges immediately, and Medicaid plans (where nothing reverts to personal due). Your practice can customize the billing behavior of any procedure for any insurance policy. The correct amounts and adjustments will appear in the Procedures component automatically.
Select a Billing Provider or Enter Additional Claim Information
If an encounter needs to a different billing provider, requires a prior authorization number, or has additional details that should appear on the claim, you can enter that information in the Claim Information component.
Who Are the Service and Billing Providers?: PCC EHR automatically indicates that the provider scheduled for the patient is the Service Provider and the Billing Provider. You can adjust who saw the patient in the Appointment Details component. If the encounter should have a different billing provider, you can adjust that here in the Claim Information component.
Terminology for Billing Providers: PCC uses the terms “Service Provider” and “Billing Provider” for the clinicians who saw the patient and for whom the visit is billed. The CMS-1500 specification (and some health care organizations) use different terms: Rendering Provider and Locum Tenens. Additionally, sometimes the term “Billing Provider” refers instead to the pediatric practice, and is associated with a practice’s Tax ID.
Review Personal Balances and Today’s Payment
What amount is due personal for this encounter? Did the family pay part of their balance today? Use the Payments component to review personal due totals and enter additional payments.
If today’s procedures result in a personal balance, you’ll see the total for the patient at the top, next to “Today’s Visit”. If the patient’s billing account has a previous balance, you’ll see that as well. If the family already paid the copay today, you’ll see that TOS payment on the screen.
Why Do I Have a Previous Balance?: As you post a charge and enter payments, you may see a previous balance. That balance could be for charges for any patient who shares the same billing account. You can review details for the personal balance on the Patient Details protocol.
Enter Additional Payments or Adjustments for the Encounter
Select a Payment Type to begin entering a payment.
PCC EHR enters the amount due in the Amount field for you. You can adjust that amount if the parent is not paying the full amount today. You can optionally adjust how much will be applied to today’s visit or the account’s previous balance.
If you select a time of service discount as your payment type, you can optionally enter a percentage as the amount and PCC EHR will do the math for you. Once you enter a discount, PCC EHR will update the Procedures component to illustrate the amount that was discounted for each charge.
As you enter payment or discount information, the ledger in the Payments component will update to reflect the payment and the new resulting balance.
Note that payments and discounts are not saved until you click “Save + Post”.
Click “Save + Post” to Finish Posting and Queue Up a Claim
When you finish reviewing visit information, procedures, diagnoses, linking, claim information, and payments, click “Save + Post” to post the charges. (If you want a receipt right away, you can first click “Generate a Receipt”.)
The Schedule queue will display that the encounter’s charges are now posted.
What Happens Next?: As soon as you post charges, PCC queues up a claim. Later, your practice can generate claims in the Claims tool, which will review claim information for errors and then send claims electronically.
Optional: Print a Receipt
Does the family need a receipt for today’s visit? You can click the “Generate a Receipt” checkbox before you save charges, or click the “Posted” billing status to return to Post Charges and click “Generate a Receipt”.
Your practice can also print receipts during Patient Check-In or in the Payments tool.
Return to an Encounter and Post More Charges and Payments Later
If a clinician returns to the chart note and adds additional diagnoses or procedures, you can spot that in the Billing Status column. (You can also use reports to find all visits with unposted charges.)
Click “New Items” to reopen the Post Charges tool and add the additional items to the claim.
You can review and enter any new procedures or diagnoses, adjust linking, add new payments, and click “Save and Post” to adjust the queued claim.
When is an Appointment Ready to Post?
As you review the Schedule screen, how can you tell that an appointment is ready to post? Use the Billing Status and Signed columns to identify which appointments are ready to post and who has signed the appointment’s chart note.
When a clinician finishes adding diagnoses and procedures to a chart note and then completes the electronic encounter form, they click “Make Ready For Billing”. That updates the status for the appointment to “Ready to Post”.
You may also want to review whether or not the clinician has signed the chart note, and check whether it has been co-signed, if required. While you can enter charges for an encounter that has not been signed, your practice’s billing policy may indicate that you wait for the chart note to be signed beforehand. An orange name indicates that a chart note requires co-signing.
For more information, see Prepare an Encounter for Billing.
Can You Post Charges While Another User Edits the Account’s Charges?
If someone in your practice is modifying charge history in the Correct Mistakes (oops
) program in Practice Management, you will see a warning message when you attempt to post charges in PCC EHR.
You can continue, and even save new charges and payments, but your changes will be held in limbo until the other user leaves oops
for the billing account. When that user finishes, PCC will automatically add the new charges to the appropriate account records and queue up a claim (if appropriate).
Post Charges for Phone Note and Portal Message Encounters
Clinicians can create orders and make phone notes or portal messages ready for billing, just as they would an office visit. Billers can Post Charges for these encounters from the Messaging queue in PCC EHR.
To post charges for a billable phone note or portal message encounter, open the Messaging tab in PCC EHR and click Ready to Post.
Then post charges as you would for a scheduled appointment, as described above.
To learn more, read Bill for Phone Notes and Portal Messages as Telemedicine Encounters.
Post Charges for Hospital Visits and Other Charges with No Appointment
When you need to post charges for an encounter that does not have a scheduled appointment, such as a hospital encounter or a billing-only encounter, open the patient’s chart and visit their Billing History.
To learn more, read Post Hospital Charges in PCC EHR or Post an Administrative Fee Without an Appointment in PCC EHR.
Review and Update Patient and Encounter Information as You Post Charges
As you post charges, you have many tools available to review and update patient information or research what happened during the encounter. You can post charges for some appointments in seconds. For other appointments, you may need to update insurance information, review encounter history, look back at the chart note, and more. The sections below will show you how to find the information you need to post charges and perform other billing tasks.
Review the Patient Details Ribbon: Insurance, Demographics, and More
Use your practice’s customizable Patient Details protocol to review and update eligibility, insurance policies, demographics and more.
Use the navigation buttons to jump to any section of the protocol. If you’d like to add other PCC EHR components to the protocol read Configure Your Practice’s Patient Details Protocol for Post Charges, or contact PCC Support for help.
Adjust Billing Place of Service or Provider of Service for Telemedicine and Other Situations
If you need to change the billing place of service or provider of service, you can do so in the Appointment Details component at the top of Post Charges.
For example, if you are posting charges for a telemedicine encounter, you may need to change the billing place of service for some carriers. Also, sometimes a claim is billed out under a supervising provider of service. The changes you make here will not effect the scheduled Appointment Provider or location for the encounter.
Schedule for One Location and Provider, Change Later For Billing: When you schedule and perform an encounter, especially a telemedicine visit, it makes sense to use your office location—then doctors can see their whole schedule, and your practice can see what’s happening at a glance. When it’s time to bill, however, some carriers require a special telemedicine place of service. Additionally, you might schedule for a “Flu” provider for a flu clinic, and then change the billing provider of service.
To learn more, read or watch Schedule, Chart, and Bill for a Telemedicine Encounter (Video, Article).
Research Previous Personal Balances
As you post charges, you may notice a “Previous Balance Amount” line in the Payments component ledger. The amount is the total of any past, unpaid charges for all patients who share the same Billing Account.
You can review details for the personal balance on the Patient Details protocol.
Click the disclosure triangle for “Encounters with Outstanding Personal Balances” to review details of all encounters with unpaid personal balances.
Open Documents Attached to the Encounter
Did the front desk scan the insurance card, a form, questionnaire, or some other item? Is lab information attached to an encounter? You can review any documents attached to an encounter in the Post Charges workflow.
To jump to attached documents, click the “Documents” navigation button on the Patient Details protocol. (If there are no documents attached to the encounter, this button will not appear.)
If a document is attached to the encounter, it will appear at the bottom of Patient Details. Click “View Document” on a document to open it.
Review the Patient’s Visit History
As you work in Post Charges, click “History” to visit the patient’s chart history and review previous chart notes or other encounters.
Open Today’s Visit Chart Note in a New Window
Click “Visit Note” in the lower-right corner of Post Charges to open a copy of the encounter’s chart note in a separate window.
You can keep the window open, side-by-side with Post Charges, so you can review it as you update diagnoses and procedures.
Review and Update Diagnoses and Procedures As You Post Charges
The Diagnoses and Procedures components display what the clinician selected in the Bill window when they prepared the encounter for billing. As you post charges, you can adjust linking, add items, and perform other functions.
Add Diagnoses and Procedures to an Encounter
You can optionally add diagnoses or procedures that are needed for billing.
For example, a biller might identify a missed supply code or administrative code and add it when they post charges.
New Diagnoses and Procedures Will Not Appear on the Chart Note: While a biller can add diagnoses and procedures on the Post Charges protocol, those items will only appear in the billing record and (depending on your configuration) on the claim. For most situations, the clinician should chart all diagnoses and procedures on the chart note.
Add Administrative Fees to an Encounter, Form Fees, or Other Billing Procedures
As you post charges for an encounter, you can add any procedure code or billing procedure, including administrative fees.
Your practice can configure procedures with unique billing behaviors. For example, the Medical Records fee above will automatically not appear on the claim. Also, your practice can configure a set price for a procedure, or have a default price of $0.00 so that the biller can enter the total fee.
Adjust Claim, Copay, Units and Insurance Billing Behavior for Procedures
In the Procedures component, you can set whether or not a procedure appears on the claim, adjust the number of units, or change the copay amount for a procedure.
Add a Modifier to Visit Code, or Pick a Different Version of a Procedure Code
When you need to add a -25 or other modifier to a code, click on the procedure in the Procedures component.
PCC EHR automatically displays all the procedures that have the same base code. If you are posting a complex visit that requires a modifier, you can pick the modified code and PCC EHR will update the prices accordingly.
In addition to adding a modifier, your practice can use this to specify a different version of the code that you track for billing purposes. For help setting up and configuring your practices procedures, codes, and prices, contact PCC Support. You can also read Edit Your Practice’s Prices and Procedure Billing Codes or watch a video tutorial.
Review the Source of Procedures and Review Procedure Order Details
How did each procedure end up in Post Charges? Use the “Source” column in the Procedures component to explain the origin of each procedure. For example, the clinician may have selected it (on the Bill window, the encounter’s “Electronic Encounter Form”), it might come from an order, or you may have added it manually in Post Charges.
When a clinician creates an order for an immunization, screening, or other service, PCC EHR can automatically add appropriate procedure codes to the electronic encounter form. The clinician manually selects a visit code (and sometimes other codes) on the electronic encounter form. Then the clinician makes these codes “Ready For Billing”, which causes them to appear in Procedures in the Post Charges protocol. Finally, the biller can also manually add procedures before they queue up the claim.
For some orders, you can click on the “Details” link, as shown in the image above, to learn more about the order that led to the billing procedure code.
Configure Orders to Trigger Specific Procedures: Your practice can customize exactly which procedure codes should automatically be added to the encounter form for each lab, screening, or other order. See Configure PCC EHR Billing and the Electronic Encounter Form to learn more.
Post a Procedure With No Linked Diagnosis
On a claim, all procedures must be linked to one or more diagnosis. If you attempt to post a procedure that is not linked to a diagnosis, PCC EHR will stop and ask you to link before continuing.
If your practice uses a procedure for an administrative fee or other non-standard purpose, you can configure that procedure with fewer than five characters (#####), and Post Charges will allow you to post the procedure without a linked diagnosis.
Change the Order of Procedures On An Insurance Claim
Some payers may require the E&M code to appear first, or have other requirements for the claim. Your practice may want to sort the CPTs so they appear in a certain order.
PCC Support can adjust the claim processing for each payer and set a priority order for procedures so they appear in the correct order on the claim. Contact PCC Support to configure your claims.
Review and Fix Invalid Codes
When you post charges, and an ICD-10 code is expired (or not yet in effect), PCC EHR will warn you and prevent posting. The diagnosis will appear in red text and include an explanation in parentheses. For example, this screenshot was taken in December of 2020:
PCC EHR will not allow you to post charges with diagnoses that are invalid for the date of service. You can immediately add the correct code into the Diagnoses component, link and post the charges, and queue up a claim.
Fix Your Diagnosis Configuration: If an invalid ICD-10 appears on the Post Charges screen, you can fix the problem so it doesn’t appear again. For example, you might have an order that is configured to trigger the old diagnosis, or an expired ICD-10 might be manually mapped to a SNOMED description. You can fix these issues in the Billing Configuration tool. In Billing Configuration, you can only map ICD-10 diagnoses that are valid or will be valid in the future; expired ICD-10s are not available for mapping.
Procedure Code (CPT) Validation: Your practice can create and use non-CPT procedures and charges, such as administrative fees. PCC does not validate procedure codes when you post charges. Instead, your PCC server reviews and validates CPT billing codes when your practice processes and submits claims. As claims are processed, billing codes are evaluated against your system’s list. If a claim would include an invalid billing code, or a valid code that is invalid for the date of the encounter, it holds back the claim and adds it to the Needs Correction list.
Add a New Procedure or Update a Price
If you can’t find the correct procedure code, or you need to make a change to your practice’s price, you can update the configuration before you post charges for the encounter.
See Edit Your Practice’s Prices and Procedure Billing Codes or watch a video tutorial.
Review Payments as You Post Charges
As you post charges, you can review balances, time-of-service payments, and enter a new payment. Read below to learn more about payments, receipts, and the live ledger found in the Payments component.
Adjust How a Payment is Applied
For each payment, you can adjust what portion of the payment will apply to today’s visit or the past due balance.
In the above example, the user designated that the $207 check should fully apply to past-due balances and not to today’s required copay.
How are Payments Applied to Multiple Past-Due Balances?: If there are many unpaid previous balances, PCC will begin by applying payments to the oldest charges first. It will link the payment to charges in turn. Later, your practice can optionally unlink and relink payments in Correct Mistakes (oops
) in the Practice Management window.
Add Multiple Payments
When a parent pays with multiple payments, you can add each payment and then adjust which payments apply to today’s encounter and which apply to past-due balances.
After you enter details for one payment, click “Add Payment” to create additional payment lines.
For each payment, you can select a payment type, enter an optional check number, and adjust what portion of the payment will apply to today’s visit or a past-due balance.
As you enter payments and make changes, the ledger in the Payments component will display the end result of your actions. The payments will not be posted or saved until you click “Save and Post”. All payments will appear on the receipt.
Enter Time-of-Service Discounts
As you post charges, you can enter a discount amount or discount percentage. There are two ways to enter a discount amount.
First, you can enter discounts for any procedure in the Discount column in the Procedures component.
If you type a percentage, PCC EHR will automatically calculate the discount amount.
The Payments component below will automatically fill out the details of the discount for you.
Alternatively, if you want to apply a discount towards all charges in the encounter, you can skip the Procedures component. In the Payments component, select a discount as the “Payment Type” and enter a percent or an amount.
The Discounts column in the Procedures component will automatically update with the discounted amounts. If you enter an exact discount amount instead of a percentage, PCC EHR will apply the discount to the procedures in order, starting from the top.
You can adjust discount amounts in either component, make other changes to the charges, or add additional payments for the remaining balance. Click “Save + Post” to finish posting the charges, payments, and discounts.
The Billing History section of the patient’s chart will display the discount along with other time-of-service payments or adjustments.
How Much Can I Adjust Off With a Time-Of-Service Discount?: Time-of-service discounts are for the amount due to the personal billing account of the patient, not for charges pending an insurance payer. You can only discount up to the total amount due personal on a charge.
Receipts Display Only Services and Payments: Discounts occur for a variety of reasons, some of which involve PHI or administrative decisions. Therefore Time-of-service discounts do not appear on the printed receipt. The Post Charges receipt only displays the billed services and any payments. To create a complete account history (including discounts), use the Account History (tater
) report in Practice Management.
Configure Your Practice’s Default TOS Discount Type
When you enter a discount in the Procedures column while posting charges, PCC EHR automatically creates the Discount line in the Payments component for you.
If your practice has many different types of discounts or adjustments that you apply at the time of service, you can change the discount to a different type with the pull-down menu in the Payments component.
Use the Practice Preferences configuration tool to adjust your practice’s default TOS Discount. During your PCC 8.13 update, PCC copied your practice’s default TOS discount from the charge posting configuration in Practice Management. You can review and update this default in PCC EHR, and pick from any payment type in your PCC system that is marked as an “Adjustment” and is configured for charge posting.
Understand Payments Made for Siblings or Multiple Patients Who Share a Billing Account
As you post charges for a series of visits for patients with the same billing account, the Payments component will track your progress and let you know what amounts have already been posted for the account.
If you post the total of both copays for sibling patients during Patient Check-In, or do so when you post charges for the first sibling, the payment amount will appear in the ledger and you can adjust how much to apply to the encounter’s charges.
In example in the screenshot above, the $40 payment appeared in the Payments component, and the ledger was already showing that the family’s balance is $0.00. The user enters $20 into the “Apply to Today’s Visit” field to directly link that portion of the payment to this encounter’s charges. When they post charges for the sibling, they can apply the remaining $20.
Generate a Receipt for Today’s Payment
Your practice can generate receipts at many different times during a visit and the post charges process.
First, if your practice collects a copay or other payment during Patient Checkin, the front desk can generate a receipt for the payment right away.
Next, if you’d like a receipt to print out as soon as you save and post charges and payments, check the “Generate a Receipt” checkbox.
After you save and posted charges, you can return to the Post Charges protocol for an encounter at any time and click “Generate a Receipt” to print another receipt.
Finally, you can generate a receipt for a single payment or multiple payments in the Payments tool.
Differences Between the Patient Checkin Receipt and Post Charges Receipt: When you generate a receipt from Post Charges, you will see more visit information including procedures and diagnoses. When you generate a receipt from Patient Checkin, you will only see the amount paid.
Apply a Past Credit to Today’s Charges
When you post charges, PCC EHR will display any credits on the patient’s Billing Account in the Payments component.
By default, the full credit will be applied towards any personal (non-insurance) charges for today. Optionally, you can adjust the amount you wish to link to today’s charges.
You might do this in order to apply only the amount of a copay, for example, or if only part of the credit should be applied.
When you are finished reviewing charges and payments, click Save and Post. PCC EHR will link the payment from the past directly to the charges that have a personal amount due.
Add More Diagnoses, Procedures, or Payments After You Post Charges
You can click on the “Posted” status to return to Post Charges to review what was posted and/or add additional diagnoses or procedures.
If a clinician returns to the chart note, adds diagnoses or procedures, and updates the Electronic Encounter Form, the Billing Status will display “New Items”.
Click “New Items” to reopen the Post Charges tool and add the additional items to the claim.
You can review and enter any new procedures or diagnoses, adjust linking, add new payments in the Payments component, and click “Save and Post” to adjust the queued claim.
Be aware that since charges and payments may have already been posted, the ledger in the Payments component will first display only totals and amounts for any new unposted charges for this encounter. Charges and payments you already posted are summarized below.
Edit or Delete Posted Diagnoses, Procedures, or Payments: If you need to delete or update charges or payments that are already on the claim, use the Correct Mistakes (oops
) tool in Practice Management.
How to Find New Items: While you can easily spot the “New Items” on appointments for today, what about visits in the past? Use the Visits By Billing Status report in the PCC EHR report library to find all appointments that may include “New Items”.
EPCS Migration: Connect Your Authy App to the new PCC eRx Account
PCC has just transferred Exostar EPCS credentials from FDB to PCC eRx. With this migration, providers can no longer process prescriptions using the FDB-owned account inside the Authy app.
In order to associate the new PCC account in your Authy app, you will need to go into your settings within PCC eRx and reactivate your mobile credential.
You Can Still Use Your Hard Token to Prescribe: Providers can continue to use their hard token throughout this entire process.
Use a Token to Authenticate Your Account
You need to authenticate your account using either your hard token or your back-up authentication method (back-up texting option) to unlock your account and add the new PCC eRx account as a mobile credential.
Open the Token Management Tool
From the PCC eRx My Settings tab, click on the “Exostar Token Management” button to access your EPCS tokens.
The Manage Mobile Credential box, which displays your Authy info, will be disabled, as the FDB-owned account has been deactivated.
If you registered your cell phone as a back-up authentication method, the Manage Phones box shows that cell phone number.
Authenticate Either Your Hard Token or Your Back-up Texting Option
Click the “Authenticate” button in either the Manage Token box or the Manage Phones box.
Acknowledge the Exostar Validation
You will receive a 6-digit one-time code on either the hard token or your phone.
Enter the validation code as directed on screen.
Add a New Mobile Credential
Once you authenticate your account, the “Add Credential” button in the Manage Mobile Credential box will be enabled, and you will be able to add PCC eRx to your Authy account.
Click “Add Credential”
Click the “Add Credential” button within the Manage Mobile Credential box.
Register Your Phone
Enter the phone number and email address that you use with your Authy app, and click “Register Phone”.
Verify the New Account
You should receive either a text or a notification from the Authy app on your phone to approve.
Verification Not Working?: If you don’t receive the notification within a few seconds, open the Authy app on your phone and click on “Settings” (gear icon in the top right), and then “Accounts” (people icon in the bottom middle) and you will see a new pending Authy account titled something like PCC eRx. Click on that to approve the new account.
Your Authy App Has Been Switched!
Back on the Exostar Token Management tool, you will see your phone number within the Manage Mobile Credential box. The Mobile Credential Status will be “Active”.
You can click “Cancel” to return to the My Settings window.
Remove the Old FDB Icon from Authy App
Finally, you’ll want to “hide” the FDB icon from Authy.
Open Your Authy Accounts
Open the Authy app on your phone and click on “Settings” (gear icon in the top right), and then “Accounts” (people icon in the bottom middle).
Hide the FDB Account
Press on the FDB account and slide to the left. You should then get a Hide option, which will take that tile off the “main” screen.
Restrict Access to Reports in the Report Library
When you want to limit access to certain report categories to one or more user roles, click the “Manage Categories” button in the Report Library window.
To manage access, select a category and click the “Edit” button, then select one or more roles that should have access to the reports included in the category you selected.
Any user without one of those roles will not see the category in the Report Library window.
Reports Without a Category
If a report is not assigned to a category, then it will appear under All Reports and will be available to any user with access to the Report Library.
To restrict access to that report, you’ll first need to assign it to a category in the Customize Report window.
Restrict Access to Customize Report and Manage Categories
Access to the Customize Report and Manage Categories tools are controlled like other permissions: through the Roles tab within the User Administration tool.
Users with access to Report Customization can customize existing reports and create new reports. Users without that permission will only be able to run preexisting reports.
Likewise, users without the Manage Categories permission will not see the Manage Categories button on the Report Library window.
Troubleshooting Slowness in PCC EHR
Occasionally, you may find that PCC EHR runs slowly– either just for certain actions, or for all actions. There’s a wide range of causes for software slowing down- some that you may be able to deal with on your own, and some that PCC Support can help you with, and some that our Development Group may need to investigate and resolve. Either way, there’s a few things you can check out before calling PCC that will either resolve the issue for you, or help PCC find and fix them cause.
Try A Different Workstation
Is this happening just for you, or just on one workstation in your office? If so, it may be an issue with the computer itself, or its network usage. If the slowness is being experienced by only one user, ask that user to log into the workstation of another user who hasn’t experienced any slowdown. That’s the fastest way to find out if it’s a workstation issue, rather than a problem with the EHR, the server itself, or the local network.
Find Out if It’s Just PCC EHR, Or Your Whole Computer
Run some other applications: open a web browser and visit a few pages, come here to Learn.pcc.com and play a video or two, launch Excel and open couple spreadsheets, resize a photo. See if anything else runs slower than usual.
What happens when you or the user logs into PCC EHR on another workstation? On this other workstation, go through the same actions as above, open some other applications alongside PCC EHR and run through various actions in all of them. If it’s speedier on that second workstation, then the issue is probably with the first workstation.
Troubleshoot Performance of a Single Workstation
If the affected workstation is using Windows, run the Task Manager by pressing Ctrl + Shift + Esc, or by searching for “Task Manager” in your Start Menu.
In Task Manager, select the Performance tab and check the left column’s CPU, Memory, and Ethernet or Network usage. Anything above 80% may explain general slowness of Windows applications or internet usage on that particular workstation.
On a Mac, run Activity Monitor from the Spotlight Search on the upper right, or find Activity Monitor in your Applications folder. At the top of the Activity Monitor window, click through the CPU, Memory, and Network options.
In CPU, check the System percentage in red at the bottom of the window. A high percentage may indicate that one or more processes are using most of your workstations processing power, and not leaving enough for the EHR to run smoothly.
In Memory, look at the Memory Pressure graph at the bottom left. This graph shows your memory usage, and a lot of red indicates some process is using most of your available memory- which can cause lag in other applications.
Check Your Wireless Connectivity
The Network tab shows current network resources, the packets meter at the bottom shows sent and received data. Big spikes in either direction could indicate that a process or application is using all your available network problem that would cause trouble remotely accessing your server and slowing down the EHR or Partner.
If the Network tab shows no big spikes of activity, but you’re still seeing websites load slowly in addition to Partner or the EHR, it may be helpful to move that workstation- if it’s a laptop- to another part of the office. Getting closer to the wireless access point or toward a different one, may show some improvement.
If you do see improvement by moving, it’s likely that other users are encountering the same problem when in that area. PCC’s Technical Solutions Team can look at your network and make suggestions on how to proceed to improve network coverage within your office.
Check Your Power Settings
MacOS users may find that adjusting their Power Saver settings can reduce instances of PCC EHR running slowly after waking up from sleep. In your System Preferences, open Energy Saver, and ensure that “Prevent computer from sleeping automatically when display is off” is checked, and “Put hard disks to sleep when possible” is not checked.
Tell PCC About Any New Equipment
Have you replaced a printer, scanner, or network device and not informed PCC? Depending on what’s been replaced, new devices can cause printing to lag, scanned documents to fail to arrive promptly in Import Documents, or network interference. Get in touch with PCC’s Technical Solutions Team with the make and model number of the new device and, if it’s replacing an existing item, which item it’s replacing.
Determine if Slowness Occurs Only At Certain Times During Day
Depending on your office staffing and your appointment schedule, it’s likely that more users are actively using PCC EHR at certain times of the day, so there will always be some variability in speed, though mostly not a noticeable amount- PCC provides hardware sturdy enough to carry the load. If you do notice PCC EHR running significantly slower at certain times of the day, our Technical Solutions Team can look into your network and server usage and determine if adjustments or upgrades are needed to keep you running smoothly over the course of the day.
The EHR Runs Slowly After Log In and After PCC EHR Release Updates
Be aware, however, that some variability in speed is always going to exist. For instance, the first couple charts each user opens after logging in will take a small amount of time longer than is usual for the rest of the day. On login, EHR caches some data, and refers to that data for the remainder of the session. This is one case where restarting PCC EHR won’t help, since it will just start the caching process over again. Power through the first few charts, and opening charts will speed up.
Likewise, similar caching occurs after a PCC EHR update- though an update includes much more data- the EHR will generally run somewhat slower in the first day or two of usage after an update.
Contact PCC Support
With the above complete, you’ll either have found the cause, or gathered enough information for PCC’s Technical Solutions Team to get right to work.
Review Your Schedule With Appointment Reports
PCC EHR includes a wide variety of appointment reports. You can use them to produce a daily huddle sheet, figure out when appointments are being overbooked, and even plan inventory for upcoming well visits.
The Appointment Reports Section of the Report Library
When you need to report on appointments, you can use the Appointment Reports section of the report library in PCC EHR.
You can use one of the reports created by PCC or by your practice, or create a new custom report based on the parent “Appointments Report”.
Find Forced Appointments
Use the “Forced Appointments” report to find all appointments that have been forced into the schedule.
If your practice has a habit of double-booking appointments, or you need to understand when your providers are most often over-booked, you can review the Find Forced Appointment list to get the data you need to make adjustments.
Create a Daily “Huddle” List for Your Morning Meeting
Use the “Huddle Sheet” report to generate a list of all appointments on a date or range of dates that you can use to prepare for the day.
When you meet together in the morning, your staff can use the information on the Huddle Sheet report to review special circumstances for each patient or family and plan accordingly.
Create Custom Appointment Reports
Do you need to review and research your practice’s scheduling history? You can customize one of the existing appointment reports to create your own appointment report.
The data source “Appointments” report includes all the filters you need to create a custom appointment-based report.
Partner Appointment and Scheduling Reports
In addition to the appointment reports in PCC EHR, the Partner practice management system includes tools for reporting on appointments and reviewing the schedule. For more information, read Review the Schedule in Partner.
Appointment Book Web Lab: Why You Should Make the Jump
In May of 2019, PCC’s Lynne Gratton held a live webinar for existing PCC clients considering implementation of PCC’s Appointment Book. The Web Lab shows off all the functionality of the Appointment Book and answers questions.
Clinical Document Exchange
The promise of interoperability between EHRs — that patients’ data will be accessible to any clinician whom they see for treatment — is one step closer to realization.
PCC has implemented an interoperability framework that allows practices to automatically make clinical information available to other providers and organizations who participate in the Carequality Interoperability Framework. This includes many hospitals, specialists, and other networks who may serve your patients.
Participation is Optional: Participation in clinical document exchange with other organizations who are also implementing the Carequality framework is optional, and is included in PCC’s comprehensive service plan. In order to participate, contact PCC Support. If you choose to proceed, which include signing an addendum to your PCC EHR agreement acknowledging and agreeing to the Carequality Connection Terms.
Watch an Introductory Video: Watch Clinical Document Exchange: The Responder Role to learn the basics of CDE along with details about the Responder role, wherein your practice receives requests and shares information.
What is Clinical Document Exchange?
Clinical Document Exchange (also referred to as Query Based Clinical Document Exchange, or QBCDE) allows different healthcare organizations to exchange patient records. Your participation would allow other providers who see your patients to obtain your patients’ records for treatment purposes, as defined in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA).
The Carequality Framework
Carequality is an organization that maintains a framework of technical, data, and privacy standards that allows organizations who implement that framework to directly exchange data.
All implementers of the Carequality Framework sign an agreement with Carequality, outlining rights, obligations, and “rules of the road” for trusted exchange of data. All implementers of the framework are able to exchange patient records with all other implementers of the framework. Carequality maintains a list of software vendors, Health Information Exchanges (HIEs) and others who have adopted the Carequality Interoperability Framework, as well as a tool to search for hospitals clinics, and other entities who are participating. Use this tool to see if you can exchange data with your local hospital or specialists.
The Responder Role
There are two sides to clinical document exchange; an organization in the Initiator Role makes record requests, and an organization in the Responder Role responds to record requests.
What Data will be Shared?
If your practice participates in clinical document exchange, the patient’s most up-to-date Summary of Care Record is made available and contains information including:
- Demographic data (Name, D.O.B., Address)
- Clinical data
- Diagnoses
- Allergies
- Medications
- History of Procedures
- Diagnostic and Laboratory Test Results
- History of Immunizations
- Insurance Policies
Customize the Summary of Care Record: Your practice can configure which information is included in patients’ Summary of Care Records. Click here to learn how.
Who has Access to Patient Data?
Other healthcare organizations that participate in clinical document exchange through the Carequality interoperability framework are able to retrieve your records. They may retrieve your records for treatment purposes only.
Is Clinical Document Exchange Safe and Secure?
Yes. Many layers of security protect patient data both in storage and when it is transmitted to a different healthcare organization.
Do patients or their families need to consent to Clinical Document Exchange?
Your practice needs to make an informed decision about whether you will have an opt-out or opt-in policy for clinical document exchange. Some practices choose an opt-out policy, meaning that all patients are considered to have consented to clinical document exchange unless otherwise indicated. Practices that choose an opt-in policy will require patients to give explicit consent to participate in exchange activities.
You will need to consider your state’s patient privacy and consent laws, your existing office policies, and provider preferences. Laws and policies vary between states. Some state policy is more stringent than federal HIPAA policy and if that is the case, the state policy should be followed, not the federal. PCC recommends that you consult with your practice’s legal counsel and/or malpractice carrier to determine what laws apply in your specific circumstances.
What Does it Cost?
Nothing. Clinical Document Exchange is offered to all PCC clients as part of our comprehensive service plan. There are no hidden fees or additional charges for PCC clients to participate in the Carequality Interoperability Framework.
How do I Participate?
If you are interested in participating in clinical document exchange, contact PCC Support.
Getting Started with Clinical Document Exchange
Follow these steps to get started with clinical document exchange.
Find Out Who You can Connect With
Follow this link to search for Carequality enabled organizations near you.
Determine Your Practice’s Consent Policy
Before contacting PCC Support, please decide whether your practice will have an opt-in or opt-out policy. PCC recommends consulting your practice’s legal counsel as you determine which policy will work for you.
Contact PCC Support
Contact PCC Support to let them know you are interested in clinical document exchange. Your CA can answer general questions about Carequality and and the document exchange process. When you are ready to move forward, they will put you in touch with the PCC teams that will manage your onboarding and go-live.
Review and Sign Carequality Connection Terms
When you are ready, PCC Sales will send you the Carequality Connection Terms for your review and signature. This is an agreement to follow Carequality guidelines – there is no charge to you to participate in the Carequality Interoperability Framework.
Train with PCC
You will have a one-hour training with PCC’s Interoperability Implementation team, in which you will:
- Learn about document exchange functionality
- Review patient consent configuration options in PCC EHR
- Discuss your practice’s consent policy and workflow considerations
- Find out how to talk to your patients about clinical document exchange
Schedule a Go-Live Date
Schedule a go-live date with PCC to enable clinical document exchange functionality! Once you are live, Carequality enabled organizations will be able to retrieve Summary of Care documents for patients who have consented. No more faxing!
Notify Carequality Enabled Organizations
Notify Carequality enabled organizations who work with your practice that your patients’ documents will soon be available for retrieval. You can explain the new capability in the following way: “Our practice will be making our patients’ documents available to you through Carequality.”
Configure PCC EHR for Clinical Document Exchange
Once you have worked with PCC Support to get started with clinical document exchange, there are a few things you will need to configure in the EHR.
Set Default Consent Status for New Patients
You need to decide whether you will have an opt-out or opt-in policy for clinical document exchange. Once you have done so, set this status in the Practice Preferences tool.
You can choose whether new patients’ consent status will default to “Undetermined”, “Yes”, or “No”. Note that a status of undetermined is functionally the same as a status of no. The data of patients with the status of either undetermined or no will not be shared, while those with a status of yes will.
Add Clinical Document Exchange Consent to Communication Preferences
Once clinical document exchange has been activated for your practice, a section for patients’ consent status will appear in the Communication Preferences component in your chart notes. To make this status appear prior to activating clinical document exchange (perhaps you are acquiring patient consent in advance of implementing this feature), edit the Communication Preferences component with the Protocols configuration tool.
After choosing to include clinical document exchange consent in this component, it will appear in all patients’ charts.
Change a Patient’s Consent Status
To change a patient’s consent status, edit their chart and select a new status.
Retrieve Clinical Documents from Other Healthcare Providers
Once you become a Clinical Document Exchange Responder, the groundwork is laid for your practice to enable the “Initiator” role, which allows you to securely retrieve patients’ clinical documents from other healthcare providers.
Read about how to Securely Retrieve Clinical Documents from Hospitals and Other Providers Through PCC EHR.
Reconcile Personal Payments and Prove Out at the End of the Day
You can quickly and easily reconcile personal payments that your practice has posted in PCC EHR. Run the Payment Reconciliation report in order to prove out, checking against your cash drawer and records at the end of the day or the end of your shift.
Open the Payment Reconciliation report from the Report Library in PCC EHR.
You can customize the Payment Reconciliation report to filter your results by date, user, location, and payment type.
The Payment Reconciliation report subtotals each payment type to make proving out easy.
If you want to view this report grouped in a different way, for example organized by the user who posted the payment, you can use the “Group By” drop-down to select “User” instead of the default “Payment Type”.
Export to .csv: You can click “Export” to export the report data to a .csv file, which you can later import to a spreadsheet program. Note that subtitles and groupings only appear on your screen, and will not be included in .csv exports.
Fix Payments that Were Posted Incorrectly
As you review the Payment Reconciliation report, you may find payments that were posted incorrectly.
Use the Payments tool in PCC EHR to edit any personal payments. You can update the transaction date, the payment type, the payment amount, and how the payment applies to charges on the account.
For more information, read Review Payment History and Edit Personal Payments.
Configure Your Patient Portal Message Templates
Busy parents want a way to communicate effectively with your practice when it’s convenient for them, without having to play phone tag.
PCC EHR includes three optional patient portal message templates that you can use as-is, or customize to work better for your office.
You can also create your own messaging templates.
How do Portal Message Templates Work?
When a parent or other portal user sends you a message using a template, the results appear in the portal message in PCC EHR.
To work with your practice’s patient portal message templates, click on the Messaging Templates tab of the Patient Portal Configuration tool.
In order to use portal messaging templates, your practice must have Secure Messaging enabled. For more information about configuring your patient portal, read Patient Portal Practice Settings and Configuration.
Templates are Turned Off by Default: If you want to use the three optional patient portal message templates, you will need to turn them on. Edit the template and check the “Display in Portal” checkbox to make the template available to your patient portal users.
Default Templates: What Families Will See
If your practice chooses to enable patient portal messaging templates, your portal users will see a new Subject drop-down option when they choose to create a message:
When the portal user selects a message subject, they will see a list of information to fill out, depending on which subject they select.
Appointment Request
The Appointment Request default portal message allows the portal user to select a desired provider and location on a specified date at a preferred time of day.
The portal user can write a short note about the type of appointment they need and can include a longer note with comments. They can even attach a related photo if they choose.
Your practice can edit the Appointment Request default template to better suit your needs.
Medication Refill Request
The Medication Refill Request default portal message includes a list of the patient’s medication allergies, with a request to confirm them. There are entry fields for the portal user to record the prescription they want refilled and the name and location of the pharmacy they want to use.
The portal user can add comments if they need to, and can attach a photo as well, if applicable.
Your practice can edit the Medication Refill Request default template to better suit your needs.
Referral Request
The Referral Request default portal message includes entry fields for the portal user to describe why they want a referral, who they wish to see and what the provider’s speciality is, along with the provider’s phone, fax, and office name and address.
The portal user can add comments if they need to, and can attach a photo as well, if applicable.
Your practice can edit the Referral Request default template to better suit your needs.
Edit Portal Message Templates
If the default portal message templates don’t work for your practice, or if you want to update a custom template, you can easily make changes.
Edits are Permanent: Keep in mind, when you edit a default template, the original template will be lost. You will need to recreate it from scratch if you wish to use it again.
From the Messaging Templates tab of the Patient Portal Configuration screen, highlight the template you want to update and click “Edit”.
You can make changes to any of the template fields. You can add new fields (see the Portal Message Template Field Reference, below), move fields up or down, and delete fields that you don’t want.
To see what your changes will look like before you save, you can click “Preview”.
When you are satisfied with your changes, click “Save”.
Create New Message Templates
Your office can create your own custom messaging templates.
Click “Add”
From the Messaging Templates tab of the Patient Portal Configuration screen, click “Add”.
Name the Template and Optionally Enable and Assign
Enter a name for your new template in the Subject field, and select the “Display in Portal” checkbox to make the template visible to portal users.
You can also choose to automatically assign incoming messages of a certain template to a specific person at your practice.
Add a Field to the Template
Select a field type from the Build Template drop-down and click “Add”.
In this example, we are creating a checkbox field. Check out the Portal Message Template Field Reference, below, for a description of each available field type.
Name the Field and Add Options (for some types of fields)
Give the field a name.
Since we are adding a checkbox field, we will add checkbox list options one after another.
Enter text in the Options fields and click the “+” button after each entry.
Add Additional Fields, as Desired
Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until your template is complete.
Preview Your Template
Click the “Preview” button to see what the template will look like to families in your patient portal.
Click “Close”. Make any changes needed.
Click “Save”
When you are satisfied with your template, click “Save”.
You will see your new template in the Secure Messaging Templates list.
Portal Message Template Field Reference
The following field types can be used when creating new portal message templates. Several of them also appear in the default portal message templates provided with PCC EHR.
-
Agreement: Adds the option to upload a document, such as a policy document, and the option for the user to electronically sign the document. For detailed information about this field, click here.
-
Appointment Date: Adds a Calendar selection tool to your template. The selected date will default to the current date.
-
Appointment Location: Creates a drop-down selection field that includes all of your practice’s scheduling locations. An “Any Location” option will also be included and selected by default.
-
Appointment Provider: Creates a drop-down selection field that includes all of your practice’s scheduling providers. An “Any Provider” option will also be included and selected by default.
-
Attachment: Adds the option to attach an image or PDF file, and a text field for a label.
-
Block of text: Display-only sentence or paragraph. Use this to create an introduction, instructions, or comment.
-
Checkbox list: Creates a list of custom checkbox items. Any or all of the options may be selected. None of the boxes will be checked by default.
-
Dropdown list: Creates a drop-down selection field where one choice can be made from a list of options you create. PCC recommends using this field type for lists with three to ten options. The field will be blank by default.
-
Input box-large: Creates an expanding entry field within which the portal user can input several lines of text. This field type is recommended when you want a sentence or paragraph length answer.
-
Input box-small: Creates an entry field within which the portal user can enter one line of text. This field type is recommended when you want a one-word or short answer.
-
Medication Allergies: Displays a bulleted list of the patient’s active medication allergies, followed by radio buttons for the portal user to verify the allergies or provide updates. If the portal user indicates that the list needs updating, an entry field will appear in which they can enter comments. Nothing will be automatically updated; the updated information will need to be manually added to the patient’s chart.
-
Medication To Refill: Displays a checkbox list of active medications from the patient’s Medication History. Any or all of the options may be selected. None of the boxes will be checked by default. Additionally, entry fields are included for the portal user to record additional medications they want refilled, and the name and location of the pharmacy they want to use.No prescriptions will be automatically generated; a prescriber will need to manually create the medication refill, if appropriate.
-
Radio button list: Creates a radio button selection field where one choice can be made from the options you create. Nothing will be selected by default.
-
Title: Display-only larger sized bold text. Use this to create a form title and for section headings.
Send and Receive Direct Secure Messages
When you need to send a secure message to another provider, or a hospital needs to send you patient records, you can use Direct Secure Messaging–a communication technology used to exchange private medical information. You can send your message, along with a Summary of Care Record, directly to a specialist, another pediatrician, or other healthcare provider.
Read the procedures below to learn how to exchange Direct Secure Messages with other healthcare providers.
Setup and Configuration Needed First: Before you can send and receive Direct Secure messages, your practice must activate the feature and you must register an account. Read Get Started with Direct Secure Messaging to learn how.
Watch the Video: Watch Send, Receive, and Reconcile Direct Secure Messages to learn how to send, receive, and reconcile direct secure messages on your PCC system.
Send a Direct Secure Message to Another Healthcare Provider
Read the steps below to learn how to send a message, along with a Summary of Care Record (C-CDA), using Direct Secure Messaging.
Open a Chart and Select the Summary of Care Record Report
When you wish to send a Direct Secure Message, first open a patient’s chart.
Then select the “Summary of Care Record” from the Reports menu.
Optional: Indicate Whether the Message is For a Referral or Transition of Care
On the report’s criteria screen, you can indicate whether or not you are creating the record for a referral or transition of care.
Transition of Care For Meaningful Use: If you have indicated that the record is being created for a referral or transition of care, PCC EHR will track that you have generated the C-CDA document and it will update your Meaningful Use reporting totals.
Optional: Limit Record to a Specific Encounter
When you are sending a Direct Secure Message for a referral, you can select a specific referral and optionally limit the record you send to information from that referral encounter. Choose the specific referral order from the selection pull-down menu.
The Summary of Care Record transmitted with the Direct Secure Message will be limited to procedures, orders, and vitals noted for that given encounter date. (Along with the patient’s Problem List, insurance policies, and some other chart information not specific to a particular encounter.) Optionally, you can deselect the “Limited to the referral encounter” check box, and the Summary of Care report will generate the patient’s complete C-CDA with all available patient information.
Select ‘Send via Direct Secure Messaging’
Click “Send via Direct Secure Messaging” and then click “Send to…” to indicate you wish to send a Direct Secure Message.
Enter a Direct Address, or Search for One
Enter the care provider’s Direct Address (not their e-mail address) into the “To” field. Optionally, you can search by provider or practice name.
You will see more results if a user at your practice is registered with the DirectTrust network (learn how). PCC EHR also displays search results from contacts your practice has entered into the Professional Contact Manager–those results will appear at the top of your search.
Type a Subject and a Message, and Click “Send”
Finally, enter an explanatory subject and message text for your Direct Secure Message. Optionally, you can attach files or documents from your workstation or from the patient’s chart. When you are finished, click “Send” to send the message along with the patient’s care record.
Attach a Patient Document to a Direct Secure Message
You can use the “Attach Document” button to attach any documents associated with the patient to a Direct Secure Message.
Attach a File to a Direct Secure Message
Use the “Attach File” button to attach any file from your workstation to the message.
Size Limit and Removing Attachments: Before you send the document you have the option to remove any attachments you may have selected. Direct Secure Messages have a 50MB size limit; if you try to send a message that is too big, you will be prompted to remove attachments.
Receive a Direct Secure Message and Add It to a Patient’s Chart
Once your practice has activated Direct Secure Messaging (learn how), other medical practices can send Direct Secure Messages to users at your practice. Those messages can include transition of care C-CDA attachments and other documents.
When a Direct Secure Message arrives, it will appear on the Messaging queue. Double-click on a message to review it and associate it with a patient chart.
Similar to the process for importing an electronic lab result, you can review message information, including patient name, birthdate, and sex, and message details, if available. You can view PDF, Continuity of Care documents, and the contents of zipped attachments, and optionally save any attachments to your workstation. Use the panel on the right to associate the message with a patient’s chart. In most cases, PCC EHR does the work for you and suggests a matching patient. Otherwise, you can search for any patient.
Click “Select” to place the Direct Secure Message into the patient’s chart.
After you click “Select”, PCC EHR will open the Direct Secure Message as it appears in the patient chart. You can see the full message details and any attachments.
Add a Custom Summary to a Direct Secure Message
After a Direct Secure Message is placed in a patient’s chart, you can optionally write your own summary of its contents. Custom summaries appear in place of the message subject in the patient’s Visit History.
You can edit the summary of a Direct Secure Message at any time.
Review and Work With a Direct Secure Message
After a Direct Secure Message is placed in a patient’s chart, it appears in the Visit History. You can review it as you would a chart note or phone note.
As you review a message, you can click to open message attachments and create and complete tasks. For example, you can click “View” to view a C-CDA document or other attachment.
You can also create a task for any user so they can follow up on the message.
Reconcile a C-CDA Document
If a Direct Secure Message includes a transition of care document in C-CDA format, you can import any Problems, Medication Allergies, and Medications from the C-CDA document into the patient’s chart record.
When you see an incoming C-CDA in a Direct Secure Message, you can click “Reconcile” to review and import patient data.
On the “Reconciliation – Import” screen, you will see three sections: Problems, Medication Allergies, and Medications. In each section, you will see both the information in the C-CDA and the information that is already in the patient’s chart. When you want to import information, select it in the “Add to EHR” column.
After you have reviewed each section (Problems, Medication Allergies, and Medications) and selected any items you wish to add to the patient’s chart in PCC EHR, click Next.
On the “Reconciliation – Review and Save” screen, you can review what the final result of the patient’s record will be. You will see what the patient’s new Problem List, PCC eRx Allergies, and Medication History will display after the import is complete.
Optionally, Click Edit: You can click “Edit” and modify the items on these lists before saving. If you have a duplicate entry, for example, you may want to edit and combine notes or delete an item.
Click “Save” to save your changes and import the data. You can also click “Cancel” to close the C-CDA without making any changes to the patient’s chart.
Last Reconciled: PCC EHR tracks when a user clicked the “Reconcile” button, whether or not they decided to import data to the chart. You will see a “Last Reconciled” attribution on the Direct Secure Message as well as in the patient’s Visit History. You can revisit the message and choose to reconcile the C-CDA data with the patient chart again at any time.
Check Imported Medications and Medication Allergies in PCC eRx
When you reconcile and import medications and medication allergies from a C-CDA, PCC eRx attempts to match each drug description with a known item in its database. Where a match is found, drugs are added to the Allergies and Medication History components in PCC eRx in such a manner that they participate in drug safety checking. Where no match is found, drugs are added as free text. Free text entries are denoted by a pill bottle icon with a question mark and do not participate in drug safety checking.
In order to facilitate the safest possible e-prescribing, PCC recommends that you check for free text entries after reconciling a C-CDA and recreate them as items that can participate in drug safety checking. Use the “Add New Allergy” button in the Allergies component to recreate medication allergies imported as free text. Use the “Add Hx Med” button in the Medication History component to recreate medications imported as free text.
Once you have recreated imported free text entries as items that are able to participate in drug safety checking, you can delete the original free text versions from the patient’s record.
Remove a Direct Secure Message from the Incorrect Patient’s Chart
If you accidentally attach a Direct Secure Message to the wrong chart, you can un-attach it and send it back to the queue.
From the Visit History, double-click to open a Direct Secure Message.
While viewing the Direct Secure Message protocol, select “Remove Direct Secure Message” from the Edit menu and then click “Remove”.
Reconciled Items: If your practice reviewed the Direct Secure Message and reconciled Problems, Medication Allergies, or Medications, they will not be removed by the above process.
The Direct Secure Message will now appear back in the messaging queue, where you can import it to the correct patient’s chart.
Patients and Families Can Send Direct Secure Messages in the Patient Portal
Once your practice has activated Direct Secure Messaging, your patients and families can use the patient portal to send their own visit summary directly to other physicians and medical practices. They can use your practice’s Direct Secure Messaging connection to send the visit summary directly to another Direct Secure Messaging user.
When users want to save or send a visit summary in C-CDA format, they first select the patient and visit from their history.
At the bottom of the visit, they can choose to download or send the visit summary.
On the Direct Secure Email screen, the user can enter the Direct Secure Messaging address provided by the recipient. For example, a specialist might provide a parent with an address for the purpose of sending a visit summary directly to them.
After they enter an address, the user can optionally edit the default subject and message. Next, the user can choose whether to attach a C-CDA or PDF, and click “Send” to send the message and visit summary.
Direct Secure Messaging Required: Portal users can only send Direct Secure Messages if your practice has activated Direct Secure Messaging. Additionally, until a user at your practice registers with the DirectTrust Network, parents and families can only send messages to physicians and other practices within the Updox network. For more information, read the Get Started with Direct Secure Messaging article.
Steps to Take When a Clinician Leaves the Practice
When a clinician leaves your practice, there are certain steps that you should take to turn off their access to your PCC system, handle outstanding tasks and prescriptions, and remove them from your practice’s day-to-day workflow.
Edit the Clinician’s Account Settings
A user with access to the User Administration tool must complete the following steps.
Open the User Administration Tool and Select the Provider
In PCC EHR, open the User Administration tool and double-click on the provider who has left.
Turn Off Task Assignment and Appointment Book Scheduling
In the Account Information tab, uncheck “Tasks can be assigned to this user”.
If your practice uses Appointment Book, also uncheck “This user is a Scheduling Provider”.
Stop Medication Renewal and Change Requests
In the PCC eRx tab, uncheck the “Electronic Renewal Request Service” and “Electronic Change Request Service” boxes.
Optional: Deactivate DSM
If your practice uses Direct Secure Messaging, open the DSM tab and set the provider’s status to “Inactive”.
Log Out for 5 Minutes
After making the above changes, log out of PCC EHR and wait 5 minutes to give the user’s status change time to sync with the eRx system. By doing this step, you ensure that electronic prescription renewal requests sent to your practice won’t get lost in the shuffle.
Disable PCC eRx
After you’ve edited the provider’s account settings, you can move on to disabling their prescribing privileges.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Make sure you have completed the first section before you disable PCC eRx.
Log Back In
Log back in to PCC EHR (at least 5 minutes after completing the section above).
Open the User Administration Tool and Select the Provider
In PCC EHR, open the User Administration tool and double-click on the provider who has left.
Disable eRx
In the PCC eRx tab, mark the departed user’s PCC eRx Account as “Disabled”.
Close the User Administration Tool
Close the User Administration tool.
Reassign the Provider’s Open Tasks
Before disabling the provider’s PCC EHR account, you need to deal with the items that have been created for the provider (if any).
Check for Open Visit Tasks
Within the Visit Tasks queue, set the filters to show only tasks with a status of “Not Completed”, where the assigned user is the provider who has left.
Check to see if there are any open tasks assigned to the provider.
Reassign Open Visit Tasks
Double-click on each incomplete task and assign it to a different person.
Check for Unprocessed Prescriptions, Renewal Requests, and Change Requests
Within the Rx Queue, select the provider’s name from the “Prescriber” drop-down field.
Check to see if there are any unprocessed prescriptions.
Have Another Prescriber Process the Prescriptions
If there are pending prescriptions or refill requests, another prescriber needs to approve or deny each one, with their own credentials.
Have another prescriber log in with their own user name and process the incomplete prescriptions for the provider who has left.
Don't Want to Prescribe for Someone Else's Patient?: There is a denial option for “Provider not associated with this practice”, which includes space for an optional note.
Check for Unsigned Items
Within the Signing queue, set the filters to show only items with a status of “Ready to Sign” for the provider who has left.
Check to see if there are any items the provider left unsigned.
Have Another Provider Sign Items Left Unsigned
If there are unsigned items, another provider with signing permissions needs to sign each one, with their own credentials.
Have another provider log in with their own user name and sign the items for the provider who has left.
If Applicable: Reassign Direct Secure Messages
If your practice uses Direct Secure Messaging, check the Messaging queue to see if there are any Direct Secure Messages addressed to the provider. If yes, someone else will need to address any outstanding reconciliation needs.
Disable the Provider’s PCC EHR Account
Once all their outstanding items have been addressed, go back into the User Administration tool for the provider and change their PCC EHR Account status to “Disabled”.
Did You Miss Anything?: If any outstanding tasks still exist for the provider, you will receive a warning that they can still be disabled, but their name will not be removed from the queue selections until their tasks have been completed.
Adjust the Under-the-Hood Provider Table
After all the above steps are complete, you may also decide to hide the provider from various interfaces and reporting tools. This step is optional.
Run the Table Editor (ted
) in your Practice Management window. Select the provider who has left and put a tilde (~) in front of the “Provider Name” and “Short Name” fields.
Press F1 – Save and Quit.
Leave the Last Name Field As-Is: Do not change the Last Name field, as that may interfere with outstanding claim processing.
New User Training for Billers
Use the new user training outline below to learn how to complete billing tasks in PCC.
For personalized training, help with configuration, or other needs, contact PCC Support.
Get Started
Learn how to log in, navigate in PCC EHR, and use chat.
Log In to PCC EHR
- Log In and Navigate PCC EHR
- Log In to PCC EHR
- Change Passwords and Other User Account Settings
- Connect to Your PCC System from Home
Navigate PCC EHR
Chat with Colleagues
Update Demographics and Insurance Policy Information
Work with patient and family account records and update a patient's insurance policies.
- Review and Update Patient and Family Demographics
- Update a Patient’s Insurance Policies
- Review and Update Patient and Family Demographics
- Review and Update Patient Insurance Policies
- Find Patients and Accounts
- Add New Patients and Accounts
Verify Insurance Eligibility for Encounters
You can review insurance eligibility en masse for all upcoming encounters, or for a single patient's encounter.
Work with Account Notes
Whenever you work with a family on a billing issue, you may want to take notes on the account.
Post Charges
First: a Clinician Prepares an Encounter for Billing
When a visit, phone call, or other billable encounter is finished, what does a clinician do to prepare the encounter for the biller?
Post Charges and Queue Up a Claim
A biller selects an encounter that is ready to bill, reviews the codes and payments, and then posts the charges to queue up an insurance claim.
Post Other Types of Encounters
How does PCC EHR work for a telemedicine visit? Can you bill for care provided through portal messages? These additional examples will help you review all of the above steps and show how they can work for other types of encounters.
- Post Hospital Charges
- Schedule, Chart, and Bill a Telemedicine Encounter
- Post an Administrative Charge
- Bill for Phone Encounters and Portal Messages
- Post Hospital Charges
- Schedule, Chart, and Bill a Telemedicine Visit
- Post Administrative Fees Without an Appointment
- Bill for Phone Encounters and Portal Messages
Review Posted Charges, Find and Add Missing Items
How do you review and update posted charges, and what reports will help you make sure you’ve found every charge that needs to be posted? Read the articles below to learn about PCC EHR tools that help you make sure you’ve completed the work needed before you send claims out.
- Work with a Patient’s Billing History
- Review an Encounter’s Billing History
- Find Encounter Charges That Need to Be Posted
- Invalid article ID or slug
- Reconcile Personal Payments and Prove Out at the End of the Day
- Review Posted Charges In Daily Check
Submit Claims
Post Payments
Post Personal Payments and Write Off Charges
- Post Personal Payments and Write Off Charges
- Post Personal Payments and Write Off Charges
- Enter and Review Account Notes
Post Insurance Payments
Automatically post straightforward ERAs that do not include rejections or errors. Then manually review any outliers and post adjustments, make changes, and resubmit charges or send claims to the next responsible party.
- Autopost ERAs in PCC EHR
- Manually Post Insurance Payments and Adjustments
- Read ERA 835s from Payors
- Post Insurance Payments and Adjustments
- Read ERA 835s from Payors
- Invalid article ID or slug
- ERAs and EOBs with PCC
- CARC and RARC Values in PCC
Post Less-Common Payments
How do you post capitation checks, incentive payments, interest payments, overpayments, and withhold payments?
- Post Less-Common Payments
- Post Capitation Checks, Incentive Payments, Interest Payments, Overpayments, and Withhold Payments
Review Payment History and Edit Payments
Print Receipts
Get Started in the Practice Management Window
For advanced billing functions, a biller sometimes uses the Practice Management window in PCC EHR.
- Open and Use the Practice Management (Partner) Window
- Open and Use the Practice Management (Partner) Window
Work on Claim Errors, Rejections and Denials
Some claims need corrections before they can even head out the door. Later, you may receive rejections and denials that require you to update charge information and resubmit.
Edit Encounter Charges and Submit Corrected Claims
You may need to change the responsible party for encounter charges, change a code suffix, or add an authorization or reference number to a claim. How do you make changes and then resubmit a claim?
Adjust Encounter Charges and Payments
- Edit Encounter Charge Information and Generate a New Claim
- Adjust Charge Details and Claim History (Correct Mistakes)
- Change the Responsible Party and Copay for Charges
- Edit an Encounter’s Diagnoses, Billing Provider, and Other Claim Information
- Enter and Review Encounter Visit Notes
- Unlink and Relink a Payment
- Add an Attachment Code to a Claim
Submit a Corrected Claim
Review Claim Reports and Work on Accounts Receivable
Read Payer Responses and EDI Reports and Understand Rejections
Review Insurance A/R and Address Unpaid Claims
Bill Families
- Generate Personal Account Bills
- Generate Personal Account Bills
- Review Personal Account Balances
- Review What Appeared on a Printed Bill
- Track Personal Balances (persview)
- Work With Special Accounts (cfs)
Prove Out and Review Audit Reports
PCC includes a variety of reports for double-checking charges and payments after they are posted.
- Reconcile Personal Payments and Prove Out at the End of the Day
- Review and Prove Out Insurance Payments by Check Number
- Review Posted Charges In Daily Check
PCC also includes reports that will help you:
- Find Unlinked Payments on Accounts
- Work with Accounts with Credit Balances
- Review Daily Posting Activity By Account
- Review Complete Account Histories
Handle Less-Common Accounting Tasks
Every day, billers post charges, post payments and adjustments, and bill families. What about less-common events, or challenging accounting tasks?
- Refund Personal Credits
- Post a Returned Check or Other Personal Payment Reversal
- Reverse an Insurance Payment (Post a Takeback)
- Create New Claims and Resubmit
- Refund Personal Credits
- Post a Returned Check or Other Personal Payment Reversal
- Reverse an Insurance Payment (Post a Takeback)
- Create New Claims and Resubmit (maketags)
- Write Off Account Credits
- Write Off Charges and Bad Debt
- Turn an Account Over to Collections
Configure Insurance and Billing
Billers may need to configure how diagnoses and procedures are coded, add a new insurance payer to the system, and adjust procedures and their prices. PCC Support can help with these tasks.
- Edit Your Practice’s Procedures, Codes, Adjustments, and Prices
- Add and Configure Insurance Plans to Your System
- Configure Claim Holds and Claim Delay
- Configure Order Billing, Diagnoses, and the Bill Window
- Edit Your Practice’s Procedures, Codes, Adjustments, and Prices
- Edit Your Practice’s Tables
- Insurance Tables Reference
- Configure Claim Holds and Claim Delay
Print Visit Forms
What do you hand patients and families when they walk in the door? Your practice may generate educational handouts specific to a visit reason, encounter forms for the clinician, and other visit forms.
Use the “Print Visit Forms” features in PCC EHR to generate all the visit forms for the day, or to print them for individual patients as they come in, whichever method suits your office’s workflow.
Other Types of Forms: To learn about other form output in PCC EHR, visit Generate Form Letters in PCC EHR.
Use Print Visit Forms Tool to Print All Forms for a Day’s Appointments
You can use the Print Visit Forms tool to generate all the forms you need for appointments on a given day.
Open Print Visit Forms from the Tools Menu.
Select a date, location, and provider, and click “Print Visit Forms”.
Then use your system’s print dialogue to print the forms.
Print or Reprint Visit Forms For a Single Encounter
You can print visit forms as you check in a patient, or right from the patient’s chart.
Appointment Details Component: The “Print Visit Forms” button appears anywhere you use the Appointment Details component—in Patient Check-In, and also at the top of chart notes.
Reprint Visit Forms: If you have already printed the forms once, the button text will read “Reprint Visit Forms.” Click the button to print the forms a second time if necessary.
Disable Form Printing: You can remove the Print Visit Forms button from charts and Patient Check-In by editing the Appointment Details component in the Component Builder.
Use pocketPCC to Add Photos or Upload Files to Patient Charts
A picture is worth a thousand words. Rather than try to describe a patient’s rash in your chart note, you can take a photo with your mobile phone and use pocketPCC to upload it right into the chart. You can also use pocketPCC to upload a photo or a form sent to you by the patient’s family.
Add Photos/Files
The new “Add a Photo or File” chart menu option in pocketPCC allows you to add photos and files from your mobile device directly into the patient’s chart.
You can add a photo you take during an office visit, or upload a form or photo that the family emailed you.
You can attach multiple photos or files, and then click “Save Document”.
The photos/files will be attached to the current day’s visit by default. If the patient does not have a visit today, the item will be added as an unattached file.
If you want to change the visit attachment or add a title, tasks, or signature requirements, edit the tags before saving.
Uploads through pocketPCC are limited to 30 megabytes.
Does the Photo or Document Also Save to My Device?: Under normal conditions, the photo you take from pocketPCC will not save to your mobile device. However, if you take the photos before launching pocketPCC, or if your phone automatically saves photos to your camera roll or gallery, you may end up saving private health information to the device. PCC is not responsible for the security of your workstations or portable devices, and you should review your device’s operation and take appropriate precautions.
View Files/Photos in pocketPCC
To view previously saved photos or files within pocketPCC, open the “Documents” menu option, and find the date of the visit.
You can click “Download Document” to view the file(s).
Review and Edit Files/Photos in PCC EHR
You can view photos and files that were uploaded through pocketPCC within the visit chart note in PCC EHR, or anywhere else that Documents appear.
If you want to change the visit attachment or add a title, tasks, or signature requirements after saving, you can make edits in PCC EHR. For more information on editing documents or photo files through the Document Viewer, read Working with Patient Documents.
If you want to keep track of photos or documents that were uploaded through pocketPCC, you can add a new document category, and add it as the default assigned category for pocketPCC. Read the Documentation Administration guide for more information about creating and assigning document categories.
Recall Overdue Patients for Well or Chronic Condition Visits
The best and easiest way to recall patients who are overdue for their well or chronic condition visit in PCC EHR is to run the Preventive Care Recall report or the Chronic Condition Recall report.
Open The Report Library
Open the Patient Recall Section
Open the Preventive Care Recall or Chronic Condition Recall Report
Select Criteria and Run The Report
The Preventive Care Recall report gives you many options for tailoring your recall list. Some criteria you will likely want to set include:
- Use the Exclude Patient Flag criteria to exclude patients who are deceased, have transferred, have been dismissed, or are otherwise no longer at your practice.
- Use the Exclude by Account Flag criteria to exclude patients whose accounts are inactive.
Set the Physical Due criteria to match the time frame you expect to be scheduling for. If you’re already scheduled for 3 months out, setting this to “All Past Dates Through Next 90 Days” will give you a list of patients that includes patients who will be due for their physicals at the time your schedule is open.
You’ll want to exclude patients who already have a physical scheduled, so use the Exclude by Scheduled Appointment criteria to remove those patients from this list.
It’s likely that running the report with just these criteria set will still leave you with an unmanageable recall list. You might further refine this list in various ways:
- Focus on a specific age range. Maybe you want to focus on kids who will need vaccines before they start kindergarten, so you run this for patients who are 4-5 years old. Or you could run a list of 10 year olds so you can get them in for their HPV vaccination.
- If your list is still too long, you might choose to recall patients with a specific insurance carrier.
Print or Export the Report
Once you’ve got a list of a manageable size, you use this report to recall patients.
For example, you could adjust report output to include columns for patient contact (phone, address, etc). You could also use Broadcast Messaging to send text and email messages to all patients on the list.
Contact PCC Support: Would you like help setting up the perfect criteria for your recall… and saving those criteria as a custom report? Do you want to explore options for exporting and sending messages? Call PCC Support for help!
Find and Recall Patients Who Are Overdue for Vaccines
Which 13-year-olds at your practice never came in for an HPV shot? Can you quickly find all the six-year-olds who never made it in for their final IPV, MMR, and Varicella? PCC can find all of your patients that are due or overdue for vaccines and produce customizable reports.
Tracking immunizations is important for patient health. Being able to get accurate lists of patients who are due or behind on an immunization schedule is vital to maintaining a proper immunity for your patients and the public health of your community.
PCC EHR offers a few different tools for finding and recalling patients who are overdue for a vaccination.
Use the Overdue Vaccine Recall Report to Find Patients
Use the customizable Overdue Vaccine Recall report to find all of your patients who are due or overdue for vaccines.
Watch a Video: For a quick introduction to finding patients who are due for a vaccine, watch the Recall Patients Who Are Overdue for Vaccines video.
When you are ready to create a patient list, run the Overdue Vaccine Recall report in the PCC EHR Report Library.
By default, the report will review the records of all patients who have visited your practice for the past three years and who are not marked as deceased. The report will compare those patient’s immunization records to ACIP guidelines.
Depending on your report criteria, the report will show you all missing vaccines and dose numbers for each patient. By default the report displays the recommended date, the patient’s next scheduled appointment, and their current insurance. You can add or show additional columns, such as phone numbers or other demographic information, in order to contact the family.
You can also change the Group By setting to “Vaccine Family” in order to see lists of patients behind on a particular vaccine.
Vaccine Recall Relies on Patient Records and Immunization Forecasting: The Overdue Vaccine Recall report calculates overdue vaccines based on immunization forecasting data. If you do not have up-to-date immunization records for a patient in their chart, the patient may appear on this report even though they are immunized. Additionally, if your practice does not use Immunization Forecasting (which is included in PCC EHR but can be turned off), the report will not display any data. Contact your PCC Client Advocate for help.
Refine Vaccine Recall With Criteria
Before you run the report, you can set specific criteria for your search.
What if a patient is already scheduled for an upcoming physical? You may want to exclude all patients who are scheduled for an upcoming appointment.
You could also select a specific vaccine family to search.
You can also include or exclude patients by status flags, age ranges, care center, sex, or many other criteria. After you set criteria, click Generate to find patients.
Create Custom Vaccine Recall Reports For Your Specific Needs: You can use the Report Library to create custom versions of the Overdue Vaccine Recall report based on your needs. For example, if your practice was working to improve HPV vaccination rates, you could create a specific custom report with saved criteria and columns in order to help quickly identify and contact patient families. To learn more, watch the Create a Custom Report in PCC EHR’s Report Library video.
Export Results and Contact Patients and Families
Once you’ve got a list of patients who are overdue for a vaccine, what will you do with it? Click “Print” to print the results, either to a printer or to a file.
You can also export the data as either a PDF or a CSV (for use in a spreadsheet), or use the broadcast messaging feature to send a batch text or email message to patients on the list.
Export Results as a PDF or CSV
Export results as a PDF if you plan to email the information to someone, or as a CSV if you want to put the information into a spreadsheet.
Before you export your report, you can optionally add columns for family phone numbers and other demographic information. You can use a CSV export for mail merge or another method to contact each family. As always, remember that report output and other files from PCC EHR may contain private health information and should be handled appropriately.
Send a Batch Text or Email Message to Patients on the List
When you export report results, you can compose a text (SMS) or email message and send it to all patients on the list who are opted-in to broadcast messages from your practice.
You can find comprehensive information about how to use broadcast messaging in the article Send Batch Messages to Patients and Families.
Patient Immunization Administration Summary
The Patient Immunization Administration Summary, in the Report Library, can create a list of all patients who are due for a vaccination.
Let’s say you wanted to find all patients who are due for HPV. You would run the report with the following criteria:
- Excluding inactive patient flags
- Patients who are 12 years old
- Patients who have been seen in the last 3 years
- Patients who have received 0 or only 1 shots (from 0 to 1 in the “Number of Shots” criteria) of HPV. Note, your practice might have different or multiple immunization names for HPV, such as Gardasil
Create a Custom Report for Recall: You may want to create a custom report for patient recall for a particular immunization, or one that automatically includes the custodial phone numbers. Read here to learn how to create and save custom reports.
Use Practice Vitals Dashboard for an Overview
Your Practice Vitals Dashboard is a great way to get a broad picture of your immunization rates, broken down by various patient populations. The Dashboard can also produce lists of overdue patients.
Dashboard Data is Not Live: The Dashboard pulls data from the EHR once a month. On any given day the data is anywhere from 0-31 days old. By the end of the month, patients who are listed as being due for a vaccination might have already received it, or might already be scheduled to come in. Because of this, the Dashboard is not an ideal tool for immunization recall, though for some purposes the overdue lists can be useful. For an up-to-date list, use the Patient Immunization Administration Summary report as described above.
Look Up ICD-10 Codes For Referrals, DME Requisitions, and Pre-Authorizations
When you are filling out a lab requisition, referral, or a request for DME, you may need the ICD-10 codes for a patient’s diagnoses. In PCC EHR, you can quickly review ICD-10 codes for patient diagnoses and Problem List items on the Diagnosis flowsheet.
First, open a patient’s chart and navigate to the Flowsheets section inside the Visit History section.
On the Diagnosis flowsheet, click on the ICD-10 link under a date to view the ICD-10 codes used for the encounter.
The Diagnosis flowsheet displays all of a patient’s SNOMED diagnosis descriptions, with a list of each date when the diagnosis was made. When you click on a particular date’s ICD-10 link, PCC EHR displays all of the ICD-10 codes for that encounter, which may also include information about laterality, episode of care, and other considerations.
You can use the ICD-10 information to complete the requirements of a lab requisition, referral form, durable medical equipment request, prior authorization form, or other task that requires the ICD-10 billing diagnosis code.
Read Your PCC Email with Roundcube
You can access your PCC-provided email services with Roundcube, a Web-based email program. This manual contains an introduction to Roundcube, along with a guide for setting up two-factor authentication (2FA) for your PCC email using the Authy app.
Start Roundcube and Log In
Open a Web Browser
Open your web browser of choice. Roundcube will work in any browser. Note that browsers on mobile devices may display a more limited interface optimized for mobile devices.
Enter Your Office’s Web Mail Address
In the browser address bar, enter your practice’s Web Mail address. Your address is your PCC acronym followed by pcc.com/roundcube. For example, if you work at Bedrock Pediatric Associates, your PCC acronym might be ROCKPA. Your Web Mail page would be https://rockpa.pcc.com/roundcube/.
You can bookmark this page or create a Web shortcut on your desktop for quick access to Roundcube.
Type Your Name and Password
Your email name and password are the same as for PCC EHR. If you do not have a PCC login, contact your practice’s system administrator or office manager.
Click “Login”
View Your Email
You can now use your Roundcube email. Roundcube opens to your inbox, where you can read, reply, and otherwise manage your messages.
Send an Email Message
Follow the procedure below to send an email message.
Click “Compose”
Click “Compose” to begin writing a new email message. Or, click “Reply” while viewing a message to compose a reply email to the sender. You can click “Reply all” to ensure that your message will also be sent to everyone who received the original message.
Compose Your Message
Enter the address of the recipient, subject, and message text in the fields provided. Press the Tab key to move from field to field.
Use the “Attach a file” button to browse your local computer or network for attachments, or simply drag the file onto the attachment area of the email, as shown below.
Multiple Recipients?: You can add several email addresses in the “To” field, separating each one with a comma. You can also use the “Add Cc” or “Add Bcc” features to send copies of your email to additional recipients. Recipients that you list in the “Bcc” field will not see the list of other recipients of the email.
HTML vs. Plain Text: Sometimes you might want to compose an email using fonts, formatting, bullets, and embedded images. By default Roundcube composes all emails in plain text, but you can switch to an HTML formatted version using the “Editor type” drop-down. You can change this default behavior in the “Settings” menu.
Manage Folders
You may want to set up folders for your mail. You can do this using the “Manage folders” option under the gear icon.
Open Folder Settings
Settings Menu: You can also access this page through the “Settings” gear icon at the top of your Roundcube window.
Add Folders
Here you can review, add and delete folders.
Back on your Mail screen, you will see your new folder. Drag and drop emails into the folder, or set up filters to automatically file incoming mail into various folders.
Flat File Structure: Roundcube uses a flat file structure for folders. This means that you cannot normally “nest” folders. You can only create folders at the top level or inside your Inbox. However, if you used nested folders with a different e-mail program, such as Squirrel Mail, Roundcube will recognize and preserve that folder structure.
Contacts
You can add email addresses to Roundcube’s address book, making it faster and easier to email your frequent contacts.
Access your address book by clicking on the “Contacts” button at the top of the page.
You can add, remove, and edit contacts from your address book. Contacts in your address book will auto fill in any of the “to” fields when you compose email.
Contact Groups
You can add addresses to Contact Groups. You can then send an email to an entire group just by selecting the group, instead of manually adding each email.
On the Contacts Page, click the Plus icon to add a group.
Then, drag contacts from your contact list into the group.
When composing an email, entering the group name into the to/cc/bcc fields will add all contacts in that group.
Global Addresses
Your personal address book is only available to you, but your practice’s administrator can add contacts to a practice-wide, global address book that is available to all email users. Contact PCC Support for help with your global address book.
Vacation Messages
Roundcube allows you set up an auto-reply away message. You can adjust and activate your away message on the “Vacation” window under “Settings”.
Start and End Dates vs. On/Off Status: You can set specific start and end dates for your away message so that it will automatically activate on a specific date and turn off on a subsequent date. You can also manually turn your message on and off by leaving the start and end times blank and using the Status drop-down to turn the message on and off. Note that if the Status is set to “Off”, your away message will not be sent, even if there are start and end dates set.
Use Two-Factor Authentication with Your PCC Email
You can use two-factor authentication with your PCC RoundCube e-mail. Two-factor authentication (“2FA”, “2-Factor Authentication”) improves the security of email services and is recommended for use in a medical setting or other environment where confidentiality is important.
Why Should I Use 2FA?: There are many reasons you should use two-factor authentication for your practice’s email. 2FA improves the security of your practice’s communication, which may include PHI, sensitive business data, contact information for patients and staff, and other data that should be secured. 2FA helps you comply with security rules that may affect your practice. Your practice’s cyber insurance may requires 2FA, or charge a higher rate if you do not use it. Additionally, PCC began requiring 2FA for all new client installations in 2022, if the practice opts to use PCC’s email service.
Activate Two-Factor Authentication for Your Practice
Your practice can use 2FA on a person-by-person basis, or you can require it for all staff that use PCC’s email service. Contact PCC Support for help.
PCC implements 2FA for all new clients by default. Your practice can decide to opt-out.
When 2FA is required by your practice’s configuration, users will see a warning message and be unable to read their PCC RoundCube email until they activate two-factor authentication.
At a future date, PCC may decide to make two-factor authentication a requirement for all practices that use PCC’s e-mail service.
Activate Two-Factor Authentication for Your Personal PCC Email Account
Whether your practice requires 2FA for PCC email or not, each individual user can enable it for themself.
Follow the procedure below to set up two-factor authentication for your PCC email.
Install Authy on Your Mobile Phone
Install the “Authy” application on your mobile phone or other mobile device you will use to generate tokens. You may already have Authy installed if you use Direct Secure Messaging, PCC eRx, or another service.
Why Does PCC Recommend Authy?: While you can use many different 2FA applications, PCC has experience with Authy and can provide basic support. Additionally, Authy allows the user to create a recovery backup password, which means you can transfer your tokens to a new phone should you lose or replace your current one.
Log In To Your PCC Email
Log in to your PCC RoundCube email account.
Click “Settings” and “Two-Factor Authentication”
Click “Fill all fields…”
Click the “Fill all fields…” button to generate a unique secret, recovery codes, and a QR code that will make setup easy.
Use the Authy App to Create the Connection
Follow the onscreen prompts in Authy to create a new connection.
Create a New Connection, Can't Re-Use: You may already use Authy for other services (like PCC eRx or PCC SecureConnect). You can not reuse those connections, but must instead create a new connection in the Authy app, specifically for you PCC Roundcube email.
You will be prompted to name your connection, for easy reference later.
Create a Backup Password in Authy
When you use Authy to create a connection, you will be prompted to create a backup password. This optional step can help you later if your phone is lost, stolen, or replaced.
Backup Password is Highly Recommended: If you do not create a backup Authy password, you will be unable to access your e-mail if you lose your phone. PCC recommends you create a backup Authy password so you can reactivate your secure connections when you switch to a new phone.
Scan the QR Code
During the process, Authy will prompt you to scan a QR code (or enter a text code manually). You can find the QR code in the Two-Factor Authentication panel in RoundCube. (You can also click “show secret” to view the code and enter it into your phone manually.)
Test a Token
The Authy app will now generate a new RoundCube PCC email token every 30 seconds.
To test your two-factor authentication setup, enter the code from the Authy app into the “Check code” field in RoundCube and click “Check code”.
You will see a pop-up message letting you know that two-factor authentication is now working.
Review Recovery Codes, Screenshot or Print Your Screen
RoundCube has automatically generated a secret and a set of recovery codes. The recovery codes are temporary token passcodes that expire after they are used once.
Print or take a screenshot of this page so you can store your recovery codes. They will allow you to access your email, even if you’ve lost your phone.
Click “Save”
Click “Save” to enable two-factor authentication whenever you log into your email account.
Test Your New 2FA Email Login
Log out of your email account and log back in.
After entering your username and password, you should be prompted to enter a 2FA token.
You can retrieve a token from the Authy app on your phone. Optionally, you can click “Don’t ask me codes again…” if you are working in a secure location that does not require two-factor authentication.
Turn Off Two-Factor Authentication, or Reset Your Token
If you need to disable 2FA for some reason, you can deselect the “Activate” checkbox and click “Save”.
You can re-enable 2FA later.
Lose Access To Your Email: If you get stuck and can not access your email, contact PCC Support.
Create a Custom Report
You can generate and save custom reports and report categories in PCC EHR.
Video Overview: For a video walk-through of custom report creation, watch Create a Custom Report.
Create a Custom Report
When you want more details on a specific data set, customize a report to get the information you need.
Click “Customize Report”
To create a custom report, click the “Customize Report” button at the bottom of any report.
Rename, Describe, and Categorize Your Custom Report
Give the report a new title and description, assign any number of categories, and select which criteria you want to appear on the report.
Selection boxes remember your last selection when you run the report.
Select Criteria
Use the “Select Criteria” button to add or remove criteria from a report. This is particularly useful if you are starting from a large Data Source report that contains criteria that are not needed to find the information you need.
Select Columns
Click “Edit” under “Columns to Include”, then choose which columns to include in the report. The more columns your report includes, the longer it will take to generate.
Set Defaults and Preview
Set criteria selections that you would like to set as the default for your report, then click “Preview”.
In the report preview, select which columns will display by default when you run the custom report.
You can click “Back” to make criteria adjustments.
Save Your Custom Report
Click “Save As” to make final adjustments to the report title and description. Then click “Save”.
Once you have saved your new report, you can run it just like any other report. It will appear alphabetically in each report list category that you assigned it to.
Get the Most Out of Your Reports
To get the most out of your reports, start by identifying the precise information that you want to collect. Then restrict your report criteria to display only your desired information.
Refine Your Question
Think about the question you’re trying to answer before creating your report and see if you can narrow it down to a key data set.
Example question: Which active patients with an Asthma diagnosis were prescribed an inhaler in the last three months?
Restrict by Date
Restrict your reports by date when possible for faster reporting. Ensure that your date range is specific to the question that you are asking.
Remove Criteria When Possible
Remove extraneous criteria from the Select Criteria window. The more criteria that the report needs to evaluate, the longer it takes to run.
Reduce Column Volume
Choose only the columns that provide information essential to your question. Edit the Columns criteria when customizing and remove unnecessary columns.
Think Critically About Default and Filtering Criteria
The inclusion of certain criteria may cause information to be left out of a report. Think carefully about each criterion that you set, remove, or leave as a default.
For example, the default Document Modification report includes a timestamp set for 8am-5pm, which prevents patients who were seen after hours from appearing on the report output. You can remove the timestamp when customizing so that your report output includes patients seen after hours.
Another example is the Last Visit Date criterion in the Patient List report, which excludes patients who have not had a visit. If you want a list of all active patients regardless of whether they’ve had a visit, remove the Last Visit Date filter criterion when customizing the Patient List report.
Set Limits on Data Source Reports
Data Source reports contain many criteria to choose from, but these reports are most useful when pared down. Make sure to remove all criteria that do not pertain to your question when customizing a Data Source report.
Use Data Source Reports to Start a Custom Report
The Data Source report category contains a number of master reports with extensive filter sets, which may be perfect for using as a foundation for custom reports. If you want to go beyond adjusting a report that already exists and create something totally new, a Data Source report is a great place to start.
Edit or Delete a Custom Report
You can return to your custom report to edit it again at any time. When you open the report, click the “Customize Report” button.
Click “Delete Report” to delete your custom report.
Create Custom Report Categories
The Report Library in PCC EHR organizes reports into categories. Your practice can create its own custom categories in PCC EHR’s Report Library, and can choose how to categorize reports.
Click the “Edit Custom Categories” Button at the bottom of the Report Library.
You will see a list of your categories. You can add, delete, or edit categories.
Categories are Practice-wide: These categories are not user-specific; they are available to everyone in your practice. To find out more about how to limit access to specific categories, read Restrict Access to Reports in the Report Library.
Add a Report to a Custom Category
To add a report to a new category, open the report in the Report Library.
The categories the report already belongs to are displayed at the top of the report. To make a change, click “Edit Categories”.
Use the checkboxes to add and remove the report from categories, then click “Save”.
Connect Remotely with PCC SecureConnect
Working from your home office? Follow the instructions below to connect to your practice’s PCC server from home.
Authorized Users Only: PCC keeps your system locked down so that only approved users can use this method to connect to PCC software. Your office can decide which users should be allowed to connect from home (or from a remote office) and call PCC Support to change that authorization list at any time.
Use pocketPCC Instead: You can review your schedule, see many sections of a patient’s chart, and create phone notes on any internet-connected device using pocketPCC. You only need to use SecureConnect when you wish to run the full PCC EHR or Partner software remotely.
Set Up and Configure Your Remote Connection
Download and Run the Authy App On Your Mobile Device
PCC SecureConnect uses two-factor authentication via the Authy app to ensure a secure connection to your server. Use your mobile phone’s app store to download and install the Authy app. Images below show the Apple iOS app store.
Register the Authy App With Your Identification
The Authy application will walk you through entering identification information to use it as a software token.
Verify your account with either a SMS message or phone call. When you are finished, proceed to the next step.
Log in to PCC SecureConnect
Set aside the phone and use a web browser on your laptop or workstation to navigate to your practice’s SecureConnect login page and enter your PCC username and password. The url is your practice’s acronym, followed by “.pcc.com/secureconnect” (such as: https://bedrockpeds.pcc.com/secureconnect).
Pair the Authy App with your PCC Server
Pair the Authy app with your PCC server by scanning the QR code.
Enter Your Token on the SecureConnect Login Page
Enter the six-digit token you see on your phone in the appropriate field on the SecureConnect login page on your computer’s web browser.
Tokens regenerate every 30 seconds: Authy tokens are only valid for 30 seconds, after which Authy generates a new token automatically. If you don’t enter the token within the 30 seconds, don’t worry, just enter the new token as it appears on your cell phone.
Open and Log In to PCC EHR
You are now logged in to your PCC server. Click the “Start” button and open PCC EHR.
Connect to Your PCC Server
Once you have installed and paired the Authy app with PCC SecureConnect, follow these instructions to log in to PCC SecureConnect.
Log in to PCC SecureConnect
Use a web browser on your laptop or workstation to navigate to your practice’s SecureConnect login page and enter your PCC username and password. The url is your practice’s acronym, followed by “.pcc.com/secureconnect” (such as: https://bedrockpeds.pcc.com/secureconnect).
Enter your Token from the Authy App
Open the Authy app on your mobile device and enter the token that is presented into SecureConnect in your web browser.
Tokens regenerate every 30 seconds: Authy tokens are only valid for 30 seconds, after which Authy generates a new token automatically. If you don’t enter the token within the 30 seconds, don’t worry, just enter the new token as it appears on your cell phone.
Open and Log In to PCC EHR
You are now logged in to your PCC server. Click the “Start” button and open PCC EHR.
Enter Vitals in pocketPCC
Does a nurse need to carry around a cumbersome laptop just to record height, weight, and blood pressure? Maybe there’s a better way.
Clinicians can view and enter vitals in a large, easy-to-use interface on their iPhone, iPad, or other mobile device.
Edit the Visit to Enable Vitals
Once a patient has been “Checked In” or “Arrived” in PCC EHR, you will be able to access their visit from the Visit History in pocketPCC.
Select the patient from the schedule, and then use the Chart menu to find the visit from the Visit History.
When you are viewing a visit in pocketPCC, you can enter or edit vitals by clicking the “Edit” button.
Enter or Edit Vitals
The Vitals component will display the same fields that are configured to appear for the visit type in PCC EHR.
Clicking “More” will show all possible vitals measurements.
You can enter as many vitals as you need to for the same visit.
Integration with PCC EHR
Vitals entered in pocketPCC will show up immediately in PCC EHR, everywhere that vitals are displayed. You can edit any vitals that you entered, and you can see who entered other vitals by hovering over the vitals measurement.
Always Log In As Yourself: It is important that when using pocketPCC at your practice, you don’t just hand off the device between staff members. Make sure that you log in individually, so that in addition to having your username connected with your vitals entries, you also don’t commit a HIPAA violation.
Configure Patient Check-In
You can configure Patient Check-In in PCC EHR to meet the specific needs of your practice. You can adjust what components appear, create custom headers for your front desk staff, and create custom Patient Check-In Clinical Alerts.
Read the sections below to learn the different tools and features for Patient Check-In.
Watch a Video Instead?: You can learn about how to configure Patient Check-In to meet the needs of your practice by watching the Patient Check-In Configuration Video.
Configure the Check-In Protocol, Add or Remove a Component
Like other screens in PCC EHR, your practice can decide exactly which components should appear on the Patient Check-In protocol. You may decide to add useful components like Forms or Care Plans, and you can rearrange components or create custom notes that you want staff to see whenever a family checks in.
To get started, open the Patient Check-In Builder in the Protocol Configuration tool.
The default Patient Check-In components are shown in the image above. They include Patient Demographics, Communication Preferences, Patient Portal Users, Account Demographics, Policies, Insurance Eligibility, Account Balances, and Time of Service Payments.
You can click and drag the handle on the left to rearrange components, or click “Hide” to remove a component.
Click “Add” to add a new component.
Double-click or select and click “Edit” to adjust any available configuration options for a component.
For example, you can change the contents of some components and change the anchor button text.
Create a Custom Headline and Notes Field in Patient Check-In
Do you want a custom component, featuring a headline and a notes field that your front desk staff will see every time they open the window? You could use this record any persistent, chart-wide information for the patient or family.
You can add a headline and notes field by creating a new chart-wide component.
First, open the Component Builder and visit the “Chart-Wide” component list. Create a new component.
Next, use the Patient Check-In Builder to add the component to your Patient Check-In protocol.
The component will appear when you check in a patient.
For more information about available components, read the PCC EHR Component Reference. For more examples of how to edit protocols, read the Edit Protocols article.
Custom Alerts During Patient Check-In
What kinds of things do the front desk staff need to know when they check in a family? Billing issues, incomplete forms, important announcements and reminders? Maybe you track a patient’s preferred pronoun, when it is different from the sex in their chart record?
Your practice can create Clinical Alerts to inform them of these issues. When you create a Clinical Alert, you can indicate whether it should appear when a chart is opened or saved, and/or when the patient is checked in.
You can base the alert on a wide range of available criteria, including patient or account flags, demographics, or other details. This is the perfect tool for common patient and family status flags, like Billing Problem, Privacy Notice, or other clerical needs.
All Staff Alerts: If it’s important that the entire staff see an alert, make sure you check each appropriate box. Opening and saving the chart are not the same as Patient Check-In, for example.
For a guide to creating and editing Clinical Alerts, read the Clinical Alerts help article.
When someone checks in a patient who matches the criteria for an alert, it will appear along with your message about the topic.
Check In a Patient
When a patient arrives at your practice, use Patient Check-In to check them in. Patient Check-In will help you review the family’s demographic and insurance information, check insurance eligibility, review outstanding balances and post payments, and more.
Watch a Video: You can learn how to check in a patient by watching Patient Check-In Video. The video covers the topics in this article.
How to Check In a Patient
When a patient checks in, do you review their address, update their policy information, and collect copay? What else do you say when you greet the parent? Your practice can customize the Patient Check-In protocol to meet your needs.
Follow the procedure below to learn about a typical Patient Check-In, including a number of useful tools.
Find the Appointment and Click on the “Scheduled” Status
When you are ready to check in a patient, click on their appointment’s “Scheduled” status on the Schedule queue.
Alternatively, you can highlight the appointment and click on the “Patient Check-In” button.
Optional: Review Patient Check-In Alerts
Your practice’s custom Patient Check-In alerts may appear when you begin to check in a patient.
Review these alerts. They may include important details that you need to follow-up on with the family.
Review Demographics, Insurance Policies, and Other Components
Use the “Next” button, or the anchor navigation buttons, to review important information with the family.
At each visit, do you confirm patient name, appointment information, demographic information, and insurance policies? Use each component on the ribbon to check over these details with the family.
Update Patient and Family Information
Make changes for the patient or the family account right on the Patient Check-In ribbon. For example, you might ask, “Do you still live at 54 Elmwood Road?” and update the account address if it has changed.
Similarly, you can use the Policies component to add, edit, or expire an insurance policies.
For more information about common demographics components, like Communication Preferences (and Immunization Registry Communication Preferences), Account Demographics, Personal Contacts, and more, read Review and Update Patient and Family Demographics.
Review Insurance Eligibility
Look at the Insurance Eligibility component and check that the patient is validated for today’s visit.
Optionally, you can click a disclosure triangle to look at the Summary Report or Full Report from the insurance carrier. If you just updated or added a new policy, you may want to click “Request Eligibility” to request a new report from the carrier. You can then set a new Status, based on what you learn.
For more information about the Insurance Eligibility component, read Patient Insurance Eligibility with PCC.
Confirm Family is Using the Patient Portal, Help Them Sign Up
Use the Patient Portal Users component to quickly review portal information and help the family with patient portal access.
You can see if mom, dad, or another guardian has access to the patient’s records. If the patient has no portal account users, you can click “Add Portal User” to jump into the Patient Portal Manager.
If the family has not logged in, doesn’t have a linked billing account, or needs their password reset, you can click “Manage Portal User” to open up the Patient Portal Manager and help the family with their accounts.
For more information, read Patient Portal User Account Administration.
Review Outstanding Account Balance
Review the Account Balance component to understand outstanding personal charges.
Balances are account-based, so you can see total overdue amounts for this patient and any siblings who share the same billing account. Unpaid balances are broken down into Personal, Insurance, and Medicaid charges. They are aged across aging categories (0-29 days, 30-59 days, etc.), with the total personal balance due displayed in red.
Does the family want to know where the balance comes from? Click the disclosure triangle to view a summary of the charges that have an outstanding personal (non-insurance) balance.
You can see the patient, the date of service, each charge, and a record of all payments or adjustments applied toward the charge so far. You can use these details to explain outstanding charges to the family.
Collect Payment
Use the Time of Service Payments component to post today’s copay, or other amount, toward the account balance. The amount due today will appear in a ledger.
Select a payment type, enter an amount, and if appropriate enter a check number and select a provider. The provider will default to the provider for today’s encounter. As you enter payment details, you’ll see the payment amount appear in the ledger above. You can see the new expected balance before you save the payment.
For an account with past-due balances, you can post a single payment for past charges and today’s copay.
If the account has balances due for encounters related to a sibling, you can clearly see the totals of their copays and outstanding balances. You can post a single payment toward all of the family’s current and past-due balances.
When you check in the next sibling, you’ll see the payment details from when you checked in the first sibling.
Optionally, Print a Receipt
After you post one or more payments, you can click Print Receipt to print out a receipt.
You can make changes and reprint the receipt if you need to, and you can always retrieve the receipt if you need it later by returning to the Patient Check-In protocol.
Click “Save + Check In”
When you are finished checking in the patient, click “Save + Check In”.
PCC EHR will update the patient’s status to Checked In, increment the Visit Status Counter for Arrived/Checked-In patients, and you’ll be ready to greet the next patient.
Undo Check-In (Revert Visit Status Back to “Scheduled”)
If a patient is checked in (or “arrived”) by mistake, you can easily revert the visit status back to “Scheduled”.
Simply highlight the visit that was checked in by mistake, click on the Edit menu from the top of the screen and select “Revert Status to Scheduled”.
The appointment will revert back to “Scheduled”.
Orders Prevent Status Change: If you have created orders on the visit chart note, you will not be able to revert the visit status.
Open Patient Check-In Again to Reprint Receipt, Post Another Payment, and More
You may not complete all of the Patient Check-In steps right away. For example, the parent may return to the desk to ask for a receipt. Or you may need to post an additional payment or update policy information later.
You can reopen the Patient Check-In ribbon for any appointment by selecting the appointment and clicking “Patient Check-In”.
Who Checked a Patient In? Who Posted a Payment?
PCC EHR tracks which user at your practice performed various functions. This can help when there’s confusion at the front desk or when you need to balance out your cash drawer.
You can see who checked a patient in by reviewing the Appointment Details component.
You can find that component at the top of a chart note or in Patient Check-In. So, for example, if you wanted to know who checked a patient in, you could highlight the appointment on the Schedule screen and click “Patient Check-In”. Or, you could open the visit’s chart note and look at the top of the protocol.
You can see who posted a payment in the payment’s description in the ledger in the Time of Service Payments component. You can also see who posted a payment in the deposit report and in other Practice Management reports.
Are Your Staff Accounts Linked?: When you post a payment in PCC EHR, you want it to display appropriate attribution in your practice management reports. For this to work, your practice’s EHR user accounts should be linked up with their practice management user accounts. Your Client Advocate or New Client Implementation specialist will help you with this.
You can also review the PM Username column in the User Administration tool, and enter practice management account information for your staff.
If a staff member does not have a practice management account login, or you need to change or reset their password, you can do so in the User Administration program.
Check In or Arrive Patient, Visit Status Counters
Patient Check-In is a great tool for reviewing and updating patient information and for performing other front desk tasks. However, you can optionally just mark a patient as having arrived, without checking them in.
PCC EHR has an “Arrive Patient” button, which you can see when you open a chart for a patient who has not been checked in.
If a provider wants to create an appointment and begin working with the patient immediately, for example, or if your practice decides not to use Patient Check-In, you can click to “Arrive” a patient instead.
Keep in mind that when you “Arrive” a patient, you skip the Patient Check-In protocol, which includes important components such as a patient’s policies and eligibility. (You can optionally complete Patient Check-In later, using the “Patient Check-In” button on the Schedule.)
Your green Visit Status Counter (at the bottom of the screen) will display a total of all patients on your Schedule screen who are either Checked In or Arrived.
Configure Patient Check-In for Your Practice
You can adjust what components appear in Patient Check-In, create custom components, and create custom Patient Check-In Clinical Alerts.
To learn how to customize your practice’s Patient Check-In workflow, read Configure Patient Check-In.
Moving Your Practice to a New Location
So your practice is moving. Maybe you have outgrown your current space, or want to move to a more affordable location, or your lease is up, or you want to buy a building as an investment? Moving can be complicated. There are many moving pieces, and PCC is eager to make your move successful, with as little interruption to routine and as few surprises as possible.
Contact PCC
When you make the decision to move please contact PCC Support. Your Client Advocate and/or a PCC project coordinator will arrange a “kick-off” meeting with you and a team at PCC. Ideally you’ll let PCC know about your move at least three months before your projected move date, but the more lead time we have the easier and less stressful the process will be. PCC will work with you to ensure all the i’s are dotted and t’s crossed for your move.
Moving Checklist
Many small things have to happen for your transition to go smoothly. PCC has developed a checklist you can use to track your outstanding tasks while you get ready to move. Download it here.
Guide for Start-up Practices
Opening a new practice is a complex process. One important element is selecting the EHR and Practice Management System you want to use, but, before your practice can open its doors, certain things must be in place.
Physical Space
Location
Your practice location is of critical importance. Selecting a location, signing a lease or purchasing a property, and interior fit-up take time.
Certificate of Occupancy:
Before you can begin seeing patients, you must receive a Certificate of Occupancy from your state or local government to certify that your physical space meets building code requirements.
Internet Access
Having a connection with enough bandwidth to support your patient volume and practice operations is critical. Before you can start using your EHR, the right internet connection needs to be up and running, provided by the local internet service provider (ISP) of your choice. PCC strongly recommends fiber or business-class cable for internet. Your PCC representative will provide specific requirements and review your current or planned internet connection.
Equipment Room
Will your practice host your data locally, in a physical server on the premises, or in the cloud? PCC provides both solutions, and can work with your practice to decide on the best choice. We also provide network equipment to practices that need them, such as a firewall, UPS battery, and network switch.
If you will have a server running locally on the premises, or if you use PCC to supply and manage your network equipment, PCC requires that this equipment have adequate space, power, and ventilation. Many pediatric practices use a ventilated closet or storage room, one that is not used for other storage needs. To ensure that proper security is maintained, this equipment should be locked when not attended.
Network Cabling
Your office must have network cables to connect hardware throughout your practice. Speak to your PCC representative for help determining what kind of cabling will work for your practice. Please note that PCC does not do premise cabling and cannot cut holes in your walls, ceilings, or furniture for cabling. You are responsible for arranging such work to be completed before the PCC Server is installed.
Floor Plan
A floor plan of your physical space allows you to determine how many exam rooms you will have, where your front desk will be, where to house your PCC equipment, and where to place wireless network access points.
Recommended Hardware
Before you can go live with PCC, you’ll need to set up the printers, scanners, and workstations to support your practice. Clinical, front desk and billing staff will need workstations that meet PCC’s hardware requirements.
Set Up Billing Workflow
One of the biggest challenges for new practices is ensuring that their billing and collections are up and running from day one. Your billing is your revenue stream, and without proper coding, claims processing, and followup, your practice will have a difficult time getting paid fairly and on time. We recommend the following as a minimum to help you build a healthy billing workflow.
Get Your Providers Credentialed Properly
Without the right credentials, your providers can’t see patients, or bill for services. Identify who is responsible for getting the right paperwork completed to ensure that your providers can see patients and submit claims before you open your doors.
Hire an Experienced Biller or Billing Service
Billing is an incredibly detailed and complex process. It may sound straightforward, but insurance companies, coding practices and changing regulations require a great deal of attention. Hiring the right person will help you build strong billing practices from the start, saving you from potential trouble down the line. If you’d prefer to use a billing service, PCC has experience working with billing services.
Identify Claim Posting and Followup Responsibilities
Determining who posts charges, who follows up on personal balances, and who follows up with insurance companies is vital. Make sure each person understands and can handle their responsibilities.
Plan Out Your Front Desk and Encounter Workflow
Your patients and families need to quickly check in at your front desk, register for their visit, and pay their copays. When you start a new practice, you’ll be collecting a lot of information – names, addresses, insurance cards – and your front desk will be set up for success if they have clear responsibilities and proper workflow in place. How will your practice manage the flow of patients from check in, to the waiting room, to the exam room?
The best way to prepare for your go-live is to visit a pediatric practice in your area already using PCC. We’re happy to provide you a list of PCC clients near you. Visiting another office allows you to see how they have chosen to set up their system, observing their workflow and asking questions about what works best for them. This hands-on experience will give you an idea of how you’d like your practice to work and can help you make informed decisions as you go through the PCC online process.
Set Your Prices
Your practice needs to determine how much to charge for its services. This includes all of the different procedures and office visits you do, as well as lab tests, school forms, and other ancillary services. PCC has reporting tools you can use as a guide when making pricing decisions, but, your practice must decide how much to charge for each service you provide.
Determine Your Coding Practices
Pediatric billing is complicated, and your practice needs to become familiar with Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) and International Classification of Diseases (ICD) coding. Use resources about pediatric coding to decide which CPT and ICD codes you will use and how your visits should be coded. Make sure this information is communicated clearly with staff members who are responsible for charting.
Top Ten Data Security Best Practices for a Small Pediatric Practice
As a pediatric practice you deal constantly with Personal Health Information (PHI). This data includes:
- Name, Address, Phone Number
- Social Security Number
- Date of Birth
- Insurance Information
- Medical Records, including test results
This information can be extremely valuable, and therefore a target for hackers. Here are some basic best practices you can implement in order to ensure your PHI remains safe.
-
Keep Your HIPAA Policy Documents Up-to-Date: HIPAA, or the Health Information Portability and Accountability Act, is a set of policies, procedures and guidelines that include rules around health insurance, medical savings accounts, and other aspects of healthcare. When most people talk about HIPAA, they are talking about the HIPAA Title II sections on privacy, rules around information transactions, and security. HIPAA rules around privacy are not just arbitrary requirements, they are also practical measures you can take to secure the PHI and other data at your practice. Read more about HIPAA and security here.
-
Perform a Periodic Security Risk Assessment: Your practice is obligated to perform and record an annual Security Risk Assessment. You can use your Security Risk Assessment to inform and update your practice’s HIPAA Security Policy.
-
Get Social Security Numbers Out Of Your System: One of the best ways to increase data security at your practice is to not store any unnecessary sensitive data. It can be tempting to use Social Security numbers as unique identifiers for patients, but those numbers are a target for identity theft. CMS has already removed SSNs from Medicare cards and replaced them with a Medicare Beneficiary Identifiers (MBI). Maybe you have an old custom field in PCC EHR that you used to store SSNs? Contact PCC for help with removing/re-purposing that field.
-
Maintain Proper Wireless Network Configuration and Passwords: Your practice uses a wireless network that was set up by PCC or by a third party IT consultant. Networks in your office configured by PCC include both an internal network that can access your PCC server but does not have access to the internet, as well as a staff/guest network that has access to the internet but does not have access to PCC. This “network segmentation” isolates your system from outside attacks. The weakest link in network security is generally the human user. With that in mind:
- Never share your clinical network password with anyone.
- Do not share your staff/guest password with patients. If you want to provide network access to your patients and families, contact PCC.
- If you keep your passwords written down, treat them as sensitive information. Secure them, and do not leave them exposed on paper, post-it notes, etc.
- PCC does not know your password and will never ask you for your password.
-
Perform Staff Training on Practice-Wide Procedures for Data Protection: Your staff should be trained on HIPAA privacy guidelines and your practice’s HIPAA policies. The Department of Health & Human Services has a summary of the HIPAA guidelines, and healthIT.gov’s Privacy, Security, and HIPAA page has a number of resources including a Security Risk Assessment tool and various training modules.
-
Make Sure Your Credit Card Processors Are PCI DSS Compliant: The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) is a standard established by the major credit card brands to protect cardholder data. Any business that processes, stores, or transmits credit card information must comply with the standard. You can find more information about PCI DSS compliance, as well as self-assessment tools here.
-
Encrypt Your Data: Any computer that holds PHI should always have encrypted drives. Your practice’s server already has an encrypted drive, and all data backups, both locally and in the cloud, are also encrypted. Your workstations and laptops may contain PHI (maybe a saved e-mail attachment, or an exported report), and so should be encrypted as well. If one of your practices laptops is lost or stolen, it does not need to be treated as a HIPAA breach if its hard drives are encrypted.
-
Periodically Review Your User Lists in PCC EHR, Partner, and Other Logins Around Your Practice: Employee turnover is a natural part of running a business. When an employee leaves, you should remove (or change the password for) their logins in PCC EHR, Partner, or any other hardware or software you use in your office. Only people who have a reason to log in to your system should be able to do so.
-
Review Your Audit Logs in PCC: PCC’s Audit Log gives you granular details about which users are accessing or changing information in PCC EHR. More information is here.
-
Don't Share User Logins For PCC or Any Other Services: It can be tempting to use the same login or password for multiple services. Never use your PCC login or password for other services or websites.
More detailed information about HIPAA, Security Risk Assessments, and your practice can be found here.
Use PCC Tools to Improve Care for Chronic Disease, Permanent Abnormalities, and Other Special Needs
PCC EHR includes several different tools and features that can help you manage the care you provide for your patients with chronic disease, disabilities, or other special needs.
This article includes an overview of how to use and configure PCC software to create workflows that assist your practice in providing the best care to your chronic and special needs patients. For each topic covered, there are links to the specific feature on learn.pcc.com.
Care Plans
You can use care plans in PCC EHR to manage a patient’s progress with a chronic condition, mental health issue, or anything that a patient regularly sees a specialist for. Pediatric practices with PCC have used care plans to keep track of issues such as asthma, obesity, chronic acne, ADHD, and severe allergies.
Care plans can be reviewed and updated at each well visit, or as labs or reports come in from relevant specialists.
Care plans can be used to record blood work, X-rays, or other labs that the patient may have had done by a specialist, especially if those results do not get sent to you via E-labs. This can save your nurses time when parents call with questions about results or medication instructions that may have come from one of their other providers. In addition, your staff can help parents to remember to schedule specialty appointments that may be due soon.
Care plans may require some duplication within the visit note, but it will save you and your staff from having to search visit and phone notes related to the patient’s outside care.
Keeping information for chronic and special needs patients all in one easy-to-access location is not only beneficial to you, but also meets the PCMH requirement for individualized care plans. Care plans can be printed and given to the family during a visit, or can be made available on the patient portal so that families can review them at any time.
For more information, read the Care Plan article on learn.pcc.com.
Clinical Alerts
You can use Clinical Alerts to notify your staff about a patient’s condition or to remind clinicians about individual needs related to a disability or long-term illness.
PCC’s Clinical Alerts feature can trigger a reminder whenever the patient’s chart is opened, or when scheduling an appointment for the patient.
To learn more about how to set up and use clinical alerts for your practice, read the Clinical Alerts article on learn.pcc.com.
Adjust Growth Charts for Special Needs
Growth charts display plotted growth data such as patient weight, height, and other vitals over time, and indicate percentile averages based on a patient’s age and sex. Percentile averages come from the World Health Organization (WHO) and the Centers for Disease Control (CDC).
But what if your patient doesn’t meet the same threshold as other patients in their age and sex category? What about your Down Syndrome patients? Or children born prematurely?
Down Syndrome Diagnoses
If a patient has a Down syndrome diagnosis (Trisomy 21) on their Problem List, you will see Down syndrome growth charts by default.
Down syndrome percentiles will appear in the chart note, in Flowsheets, in Visit History, and can be used to trigger Clinical Alerts.
Your practice can set which diagnoses cause the Down syndrome charts to appear.
Preterm Patients
If a patient’s recorded gestational age indicates prematurity (less than 37 weeks at birth), PCC EHR will display Fenton Preterm growth charts until the patient reaches a gestational age of 50 weeks.
You can enter a patient’s gestational age at birth in the Birth History section of the Patient Demographics component. You can also add it to chart note protocols.
For help with setting up growth charts in PCC EHR, read the Configure Growth Charts article on learn.pcc.com.
Customize Chart Note Protocols
When a patient has specific needs related to a chronic condition, disability, or illness, use custom chart note protocols to help you manage their care.
You can build a protocol that include services most frequently needed by patients with a specific illness or condition, or in rare cases, you might find it more helpful to create a protocol for a specific patient’s unique needs.
Chart Note Protocols Specific to One Problem
Protocols can be created with any combination of components in PCC EHR. You can create protocols to be used only for patients with specific diagnoses or conditions.
You can also create protocols that are meant to be added to existing protocols. For example, you might have standard well visit protocols that you use for most of your patients, and an “ADHD” or “Asthma” protocol that you can add on, as needed.
You could also create a protocol that could be used with multiple conditions, specific to the coordination of complex services for chronic care.
The above custom protocol is only an example. The important thing to keep in mind is that you can put any combination of components together to make a protocol that will meet your needs, and if you can’t find a component that works, you can create a new one.
For help working with protocols and components in PCC EHR, check out this list of articles related to both tools. You can also get ideas for custom protocols by checking out a library of protocols developed by other PCC EHR clients on protocols.pcc.com.
Chart Note Protocols Specific to One Patient
If you find that none of your protocols (or combinations of protocols) quite work for a particular patient who you see frequently, consider creating a protocol designed specifically for them.
You can name the protocol your patient’s name (or PCC number) so that it’s clear who it is meant to be used for.
This is just an example of one patient who has several complex care needs. Explore the list of components available in PCC EHR to see if there is something that could work for your practice, and remember that you can also create new components as needed.
Additional Resources
- AAP: The American Academy of Pediatrics has a wealth of information about chronic conditions on their website. This includes a list of resources for chronic condition management.
- PCC Protocols: Use the protocols.pcc.com page to explore a library of protocols developed by PCC EHR clients, created to meet specific needs. Feel free to use them as is, or modify them to suit your needs.
Review and Update Patient Insurance Policies
Use the “Policies” component to add, update, and work with a patient’s insurance policies and medicaid plans in PCC EHR.
Watch a Video: You can watch a short video that teaches you how to update insurance policy information for a patient: Review and Update Patient Policies
Review Policy Information
You can review the active policies for any patient at any time by clicking on the Patient Information banner.
Use the Policies component to see more details and make changes. The Policies component appears on the Demographics screen, and your practice can add it to chart notes, phone notes, or other PCC EHR ribbons.
The patient’s primary policy appears at the top, with a “1”, and any secondary or tertiary policies appear as well. By default, you’ll see active policies, but you can also review expired policies using the “Display” feature.
Click the disclosure triangle to see full policy information.
Add a Policy
When mom hands you a new insurance card, click the “Edit” button to enter Edit mode for the chart section, and then click “Add Policy”.
Next, enter policy information. PCC EHR will search for a matching insurance plan as you type.
Autofill Subscriber Information: PCC EHR will attempt to fill in the appropriate account information for the policy, based on the patient’s bill payer account. By default, PCC enters “Child” in the “Patient Relationship to Subscriber” field for a policy. For a Medicaid-type plan, PCC EHR will automatically fill in the patient’s information. You can review and change the policy information, including the Patient Relationship to Subscriber, before you save. If a sibling already has the policy you are entering, you can optionally autofill policy information from their plan.
Remember to enter a Start Date and add an End Date, when appropriate. PCC knows to bill insurance plans based on these dates and the patient’s dates of service.
If your practice bills for home visits, remember to add the complete “Zip +4” Zip Code, as insurance carriers usually require all nine digits.
Click “Save” to save the policy.
After you create a policy, you can click “Edit Policy” to make changes.
More About Patient Relationship to Subscriber: When PCC processes claims, it uses the relationship to subscriber entered for the patient’s specific policy first. If blank, PCC looks at the relationship entered in the patient’s demographics record.
Add Insurance Card Images to a Policy
You can optionally add scanned insurance card images to a patient’s policy in the Policies component.
Select an insurance in the Policies component and click “Edit.”
In the Edit Policy window, click “Add Attachment” to open the attachment tool.
Find your insurance card in Recent Documents or, if you use one, your insurance document category.
Once added, the image and image details appear in the policy window. You can view the document or remove it from the policy by clicking the appropriate button.
If you scan both sides of an insurance card, or have more documents to include, additional documents can be added to each policy by repeating the add attachment process.
Once you’ve added an attachment, an icon will appear in the paperclip column in the Policies component so you can tell at a glance which policies have attached images.
Work With Insurance Policies that Are Not Yet Active
When you add a policy to a patient’s record with a start date in the future, PCC EHR will display the “Not Yet Active” status.
In the patient’s policies list, future policies will appear above active policies. You can filter that list to review All, Active, Expired, and/or Not Yet Active policies.
Insurance Policies Shared Among Siblings
When you add or edit a policy for a patient who has siblings, PCC EHR will prompt you to update their policies as well.
You can deselect any siblings that will not have the policy, optionally enter different Certificate numbers, and click “Save” to add the policy to the sibling(s). Or you can click “Cancel” to skip adding the policy to siblings.
New Insurance Plans: When you add a policy to a patient, you pull from your practice’s official list of insurance plans, kept on your PCC system. That official list of plans is maintained in the Insurance Plans table in the Table Editor in Practice Management. For help making changes to your insurance table, contact your Client Advocate or read The Insurance Plan Tables.
Set Primary, Secondary, Tertiary and Medicaid Plans
When you edit patient policies, you can click and drag to move them to primary, secondary, and so forth.
The numbers by each active policy (1, 2, 3, etc.) will adjust for the new position on the list of policies.
PCC EHR will not allow you to move an expired policy into a primary position. It will also automatically sort Medicaid-type policies to the bottom of active insurance policies. The helpful “M” indicator for Medicaid plans will also help your practice when they need to select VFC status or make other decisions affected by Medicaid coverage.
Edit, Expire or Delete a Policy
While in Edit mode, double-click or select any plan and click “Edit Policy” to make changes.
If you click “Expire”, PCC EHR will pop yesterday’s date into the End Date field.
You can also manually change that date to whenever the plan expired. PCC uses Start and End dates to determine the responsible parties for a date of service.
PCC recommends you keep all old policies on a patient’s record. However, you can click “Delete” to delete a policy that was added to a patient’s record by mistake.
What if the policy has outstanding charges pending? PCC EHR alerts you, and prevents you from deleting that policy.
Check Patient Eligibility for a Policy
You can review patient insurance eligibility for all active policies in PCC EHR. You can do so without an appointment, in which case PCC EHR will request eligibility for today’s date. Or you can check eligibility with every visit, either in the Insurance Eligibility tool, during Patient Check-In, or when charting the encounter.
Use the Insurance Eligibility component to check that the patient is validated for today’s visit.
Optionally, you can click a disclosure triangle to look at the Summary Report or Full Report from the insurance carrier. If you just updated or added a new policy, you may want to click “Request Eligibility” to request a new report from the carrier. You can then set a new Status, based on what you learn.
For more information about the Insurance Eligibility component, read Patient Insurance Eligibility with PCC.
Policies in pocketPCC
On your mobile device, you can review a patient’s policies in the Demographics section of the chart, or wherever the component appears.
Immunization Registry Response Viewer
Use the Immunization Registry Response Viewer to review acknowledgements and other responses from your immunization registry. You can see successful transmissions and also look at warnings and errors that you may need to fix.
Permission to access this tool is role-based.
Configuration and Preparation Required: The Immunization Registry Response Viewer is available for all practices that participate with an immunization registry. It requires additional configuration and activation on your system. To get started, click here for more information, or contact PCC Support.
Open the Viewer and Review an Error
When you want to review registry responses, select the Immunization Registry Response Viewer from the Tools menu.
By default, PCC EHR will present a list of all responses to your system that contain errors or warnings. You can adjust the filters at the bottom of this screen to show all responses, a specific date range, or a specific care center.
Double-click on a message to see the error details.
The window will display all segments of the message that contain errors or warnings. The “Response Message” column will include a description from your immunization registry.
Correct an Error and Mark It As Reviewed
If an error is something simple you can fix in the patient’s chart, click the “Open Chart” button to open the chart and make any necessary corrections.
The Immunization Registry Response Viewer will remain open in a separate window while you work. You can make changes to the chart and then click “Save + Exit”.
Next, you can click “Reviewed: By” to mark the response as reviewed. Click “Save” to return to the list of responses, or click “Save + Next” to move directly to the next unreviewed message with errors or warnings.
When you return to the tool’s main window, you can use the “Reviewed” filter to filter out messages that have already been reviewed, leaving only responses that need attention.
Get Started with Patient Portal Payments
Your patients and families can pay their bills on their mobile device, using PCC’s patient portal (My Kid’s Chart). Once your practice has signed up and enabled account balances and portal payments, you will collect money faster and have fewer bounced checks.
Read the sections below to learn about how portal payments will work for your families, prerequisites for your practice and how to sign up, ideas for how to encourage families to use the new feature, and how your practice can review and work with payments made through the portal.
How Families Review Their Balance and Pay Their Bill in the Patient Portal
Once your practice has enabled portal payments, families with linked billing accounts will be able to see any charges that include an outstanding personal balance.
Portal users will see charges for all patients associated with their portal account, whether the patient is privacy-enabled or not. However, for privacy-enabled patients they will only see the date and charge – not the provider, location, or procedure name.
They will also see a “Make a Payment” button beneath their personal balance information.
If the family has used the mobile payment option previously, they will also see a “Last Payment” listed above the button. Only the most recent portal payment will be shown.
If the user has not previously saved credit card information, then when they press the “Make a Payment” button, the portal will prompt them to enter their basic credit card information, billing address, and e-mail address.
If the family chooses to save the new credit card, it will default to their “preferred” card for future use.
After the payment is made, the portal user will see the result of the transaction. The date and time of payment will appear, and whether the payment was successful or not.
The balance in the patient portal will be adjusted as soon as the payment is posted.
The BluePay service will send receipts to the email address that the portal user entered on the payment screen. Your practice can opt to receive copies of each receipt email.
Families Can Store Multiple Credit Cards
Portal users with more than one credit card stored will choose one card to be the “preferred” card. When a portal user makes a payment, their preferred card will be selected by default.
The user can select a different card for the current payment by clicking the drop-down and choosing another stored card.
Card Data is Secure: Credit card data is never stored on your PCC server, but is managed by our PCI-compliant partner, BluePay.
Families Can Manage Their Stored Cards
The patient portal includes a “Payment Methods” setting, where portal users can add a new card or edit their stored cards outside of the payment screen.
Portals users can select a card to make edits. They can update the expiration date or change their preferred card. If a user no longer wants the card to be stored, they can remove the card.
Expired cards will appear in red.
Configure Your Practice and Get Ready For Portal Payments
Before PCC can add the “Make a Payment” option to your practice’s patient portal (My Kid’s Chart), you need to make sure the following configuration and startup procedures are in place.
Does Your Practice Use the Patient Portal?
First, your practice must be using the patient portal, My Kid’s Chart, and signing up your patients and families. For more information about the portal (My Kid’s Chart), check out our patient portal resources on learn.pcc.com.
Consider Cost and Workflow Impact to Your Practice
Contact Payment Pros with any fee-related questions about accepting payments through your patient portal. Talk to your staff, talk to PCC, and decide if portal payments is affordable and makes sense for your practice’s needs.
Make a Practice-Wide Plan For All Care Centers and Portal Payments
If your practice has multiple locations, separated as Care Centers with PCC, you need to make a practice-wide plan for portal payments.
If you turn on portal payment for your practice, they will be available for all care centers. It is not possible for some care centers to implement portal payments and not others.
Turn On Personal Balances in the Patient Portal
Next, your practice must make sure that the Personal Balance feature is enabled in the patient portal. This it turned on by default, but may be changed in the Configuration tab of the Patient Portal Manager.
Adjust Your Workflow So You Always Link Portal Users to Billing Accounts
When you work with each family, make sure a billing account is assigned to each portal user. Only portal users with associated billing accounts will be able to see the “Make Payment” button in the portal.
For more information on this feature of the portal, review the My Kid’s Chart User Account Administration article.
Here are some recommendations for getting portal users hooked up to accounts:
-
PCC Can Help: PCC can perform a one-time batch migration that will join all portal users with a single billing account that corresponds to the patient(s) in their portal, if a 1:1 direct relationship is available. Talk to your Client Advocate about this option.
-
Manual Assignment: For more complicated situations, when there is more than one billing account associated with the patient(s) in a user’s portal, your office will need to decide which billing account to link to their portal. This is a simple process, but will take some time, depending on how many portal users you have with this scenario.
-
Add Billing Account Assignment to Your Check-In Workflow: Review the Patient Portal Users component during Patient Check-In to see if a family uses the patient portal, and to see if a billing account for personal balances is assigned for the user. You can click “Manage Portal User” if you need to add one.
Review Your Payment Types
In order to track payments separately on your reports, you may want to review and update your practice’s list of payment types. For example, you may wish to add new payment types for portal payments. You can do so in the Payment Types table in the Practice Management window.
Decide Whether to Post Automatically or Manually
Will PCC automatically post incoming portal payments, or will your practice review portal payments and post them manually later? Read the Post Portal Payments to Accounts Automatically or Manually? section below, make a decision and adjust your configuration.
Sign Up with Payment Pros
When you are ready to add mobile payments to your patient portal, follow the procedure below.
Contact PCC Support and/or Payment Pros
Contact PCC Support when your practice is ready to start receiving mobile payments through your patient portal.
Some practices work directly with Payment Pros first, others start by sorting out details in their configuration with PCC Support. Either path works! If you have questions about pricing or other details, PCC can put you in touch with Payment Pros.
Review the Steps Above
If you haven’t already done so, read the section above, “Configure Your Practice and Get Ready For Portal Payments”. PCC Support can help you review and update your practice’s configuration.
Fill Out an Application
You might sign up directly with Payment Pros after you discuss pricing and details with them. Alternatively, a PCC interoperability team member may provide an electronic copy of the Payment Pros Merchant Application.
You will need to enter demographic, business, and tax information.
You will also be required to provide a canceled check from the checking account where you want payments to be directed.
Log In to the BluePay Gateway
A representative from Payment Pros will send you an email verifying that you have been registered.
The email will include your new account name, username, and password, which you can use to log in to the BluePay Gateway.
Set a Go-Live Date
PCC will coordinate a go-live date between your practice and BluePay. On the go-live date, portal users will see the “Make Payment” button in your patient portal, and you will be able to accept mobile payments.
Payment Pros Procedure Flyer: PCC and Payment Pros have worked together to make this process simple. Payment Pros has produced a flyer which explains the process.
Tell Families They Can Pay in the Portal
Your families will be more likely to pay their bills in the portal if you let them know about this option. How can you educate families about this new service and drive them to your portal to make payments?
Here are some suggestions for how to encourage families to use your new portal payment feature:
-
Add a Note to Your Paper Bills: Add a note with your patient portal’s URL address to your paper bills, letting your families know they can save a stamp or a phone call and pay their bill online, 24/7.
-
Post Flyers in Your Office: Print new flyers advertising the new portal feature (and reminding families to use your portal) and post them in conspicuous places around your office, such as in the waiting room, in exam rooms, and at your checkout desk.
-
Splash it on Your Website: Add a link to your portal from your practice’s website. Add a colorful banner with a note encouraging families to check out your portal and its new convenient payment option.
-
Post on Social Media: Use your Facebook or Twitter account to announce that families can now pay their bill through your patient portal.
-
Talk It Up: Sometime the most effective marketing is word of mouth. Educate your staff about how portal payments work, and make sure they are passing on the knowledge to families when they come in for visits.
-
Phone Hold System: Add a message to the “on hold” feature of your phone system, informing families that they can save time by getting forms, reviewing appointment information and paying their bills through the patient portal. This may be particularly effective if you have a separate billing phone number.
Post Portal Payments to Accounts Automatically or Manually?
Once families start paying their bills in the patient portal, how will the money make it to their account on your PCC system?
PCC EHR can automatically receive payments and post them to the appropriate account. Later, you can review portal payments reports to reconcile and review activity.
Alternatively, your practice can take a manual approach: log into the BluePay portal to review the list of payments, optionally download an activity log, and then post the payments into your PCC system yourself.
Option 1: Auto-Post Payments Made Through the Patient Portal
When a family pays their bill in the patient portal, PCC can automatically post that payment to the account. Your PCC system will apply the payment toward the portal user’s associated Billing Account, from oldest to newest charges. If an over-payment is made, the account will receive a credit.
PCC billing reports, as well as the balance that families see in the portal, will be automatically updated to show that the payment has posted.
Working with Portal Payments in PCC: On PCC reports, such as proving out reports, auto-posted portal payments will appear with the username “portalpmt” and location “portal”.
Configure Auto-Posting Portal Payments
If your practice wants to enable auto-posting for payments through your patient portal, use the Configuration tab in the Patient Portal Manager.
Check the box for “Automatically Post Portal Payments”, and select a payment type for each type of card displayed. The payment type you select will be the one that is displayed in reports.
These fields are all required. If you do not already have an appropriate payment type, or you wish to add a new payment type for accounting purposes, you can add one in the Payment Types table in the Practice Management window, or contact PCC Support.
Option 2: Review Payments from Your Portal Users and Manually Post Payments
Instead of auto-posting, your practice can use receipts and reports to review payments and post them manually into PCC.
There are a few different methods you could use to make sure you see all portal payments. Read the next section to learn about each one.
After you have a list of payments, you can manually post them to an account in PCC EHR. (See Post Personal Payments.)
Review and Work With Incoming Portal Payments
Whether you are posting payments manually, or you just want to analyze portal payment activity, there are several methods you can use to make sure you know about every portal payment.
Receive a Copy of Every Portal Payment Receipt
Whenever a family makes a payment, BluePay sends receipts to the email address that the portal user entered on the payment screen. Your practice can opt to receive copies of each receipt email.
Use the Portal Payments Report in PCC EHR
Use the Portal Payments report, in the Report Library in PCC EHR, to find and list incoming portal payments to your practice.
You can find the report in the Billing and Patient Portal reports categories, or search in the All Reports category.
Select a range of dates, and optionally limit your report by portal user, result, card type, transaction type, and autopost status. The resulting report will list all payments made through the portal, including account details for each payment.
Log Into BluePay and Download an Activity Log
Alternatively, your practice can log directly into the payment processing website (the BluePay Gateway) to review and download a log of all portal payment activity.
Do I Ever Need to Do This?: The Portal Payments report in PCC EHR includes all the information your practice should need for reconciling or researching portal payments, or for posting payments manually. However, if something doesn’t add up or you need to do further research, you have the option to log directly into the BluePay Gateway. PCC does not manage this website, so the screens and steps below may change over time.
To access your activity log on the BluePay Gateway, follow the steps below.
Log In to the BluePay Gateway
Go to the BluePay Gateway and enter your account name, username, and password.
Open the Transaction List Screen from the Menu
Open the menu and select PROCESSING, followed by Transactions, and then Trans. List.
Optionally: Download a CSV Export File
If you want a copy for a spreadsheet, or intend to post payments manually (instead of automatically), you may next want to download the payment log.
Select the CSV Export option to download a report of the activity log. Make sure that you choose to include column headers in your report.
The downloaded spreadsheet will include a “Custom ID” field, which displays the portal user’s associated PCC Account ID#. This number will be helpful for you to have if you post payments manually in Practice Management.
Optionally: Reconcile Payments with Deposits, and Post Payments in the Payment Posting Program (pam)
Once you have a payment record in hand, you can compare it with your payment deposits from BluePay, and post appropriate payments in Practice Management. You can use the PCC account number to quickly jump to the correct account and apply the payment to outstanding charges.
To learn more about posting personal payments and adjustments, read Post Personal Payments.
Need More Help?: For additional questions about working with the BluePay Gateway, please contact our portal payment partner, Payment Pros, at (866) 773-3390 or info@paymentpros.net.
PCC eRx Drop-In Sessions
PCC’s Morgan Ellixson-Boyea, CPhT, Dewey Howell, MD, PhD, and the rest of the PCC eRx team host conversations about all things eRx, from solutions to common prescribing dilemmas to new functionality. If you are a PCC client, you can sign up to attend one. At PCC’s eRx drop-in sessions, we discuss your questions and often preview upcoming prescribing functionality in PCC EHR.
Register for the Next PCC eRx Drop-In Session
You can sign up for the next PCC eRx drop-in session by clicking here:
Watch a Previous Web Lab
Click in the table below below to review archived presentation files, video, or accompanying materials for PCC’s eRx drop-in sessions.
Date | Topics | Presentation | Additional Links and Handouts | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
2024 | December | 2024-12 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript |
2024 | November | 2024-11 PCC eRx Drop-In | N/A | N/A | |
2024 | October | 2024-10 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | |
2024 | September | 2024-09 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | |
2024 | August | 2024-08 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript, ePA workflow diagram |
2024 | June | 2024-06 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript, ePA workflow diagram |
2024 | May | 2024-05 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript, ePA workflow diagram |
2024 | April | 2024-04 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript, ePA workflow diagram |
2024 | March | 2024-03 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript |
2024 | February | 2024-02 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript |
2024 | January | 2024-01 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | |
2023 | December | 2023-12 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video n/a | |
2023 | November | 2023-11 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript |
2023 | October | 2023-10 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | |
2023 | September | 2023-09 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video | chat transcript |
2023 | August | 2023-08 PCC eRx Drop-In | slides | video |
Configure Document Categories, File Sources, and Default Behaviors
PCC EHR enables you to pull in documents from various sources: scanners and coppiers, e-labs, patient portal messages, patient forms, PCC’s built-in patient education resources, and more, and attach them to charts, visits and orders.
Open the Document Administration tool in the Configuration menu to configure defaults and options for how PCC EHR handles documents.
Document Categories
When you edit or import documents into a patient’s chart, you can assign it a category. You can customize document categories in PCC EHR.
To edit your document categories, use the Category Editor tab of the Document Administration tool.
Permissions: If you do not have authorization to edit Document Categories, contact your PCC EHR system administrator.
Add, Delete, or Edit Document Categories
Use the buttons at the bottom of the editor to add, delete, or edit document categories.
If you already have documents assigned to a category, you may not delete it. Use caution when editing the name of a category, as it will appear with the new name, with whatever documents are currently assigned, in all patient charts.
Configure Document File Sources
When a file is scanned into PCC EHR, it goes to a convenient “bucket”, or File Source. Your office might have separate buckets for each role in your office. Or, you could have one for each scanner.
PCC Support will work with you to make sure you have the buckets you need, either matching up 1-for-1 with a scanner, or combining multiple scanners into one bucket. You may also have a bucket for files sent digitally from a third party, or for loading files directly from your e-mail.
After the buckets are configured, you can name and rename those buckets, and give them a default document category using the Import Documents tab of the Document Administration tool.
Give each file source a clear and useful name. You can also set what the default Category should be for documents in that bucket.
Later, your users will select which file sources appear for them on the Import Documents screen. As they import documents into patient charts, they can select a different category, add a note, and attach documents to specific visits and specific orders.
Default Assigned Categories
When you attach or save educational materials and form letters to a patient’s chart, or upload photos or PDF files through pocketPCC, PCC EHR enters a default category for them.
You can configure the default categories in the Assigned Categories tab of the Document Administration tool.
For each document, image or file source, select the category to use as a default.
Documents and files will appear within the selected category wherever documents can be found in PCC EHR.
Like the settings in the Import Documents tab, these are just defaults; the user can always select any category they need when they save and import a document.
Configure Capitation and Capitated Plans
Capitation payments are not like other income. How should you configure the PCC billing system so you can enter and track capitation payments over time?
Read the steps below to learn how to create appropriate insurance groups, plans, and income accounts to record and track capitation.
For this example, we will create a new capitated insurance company, “INSCO Insurance” and configure it so we can post capitated payments to it.
Create the Insurance Groups, Plans, Fees, Payment Types, and Accounts to Record and Track Payments
In order to track payments, we will first create a number of items in PCC’s underlying tables. PCC Support will complete these steps for you, but you may find the instructions helpful if you are a Practice Management administrator and make updates to your PCC tables.
- Create Two New Insurance Groups
- Open the Table Editor (ted) in Practice Management
- Open table #17, “Insurance Groups”
- Add Two New Insurance Groups:
- INSCO Insurance
- INSCO Insurance Cap Clearing
- Edit “Order” field with sequential order numbers. This will help the two groups appear together on various practice management reports.
- Create New Insurance Plans
- Open table #3, “Insurance Plans”
- Add a new insurance: “INSCO Insurance Cap Clearing”. Make sure it uses the INSCO Insurance Cap Clearing group. This plan will be used to track payments.
- Add each new capitated plan with assistance from PCC Support’s billing specialists. These plans will appear as policies on patient accounts.
- Create Capitation Fee and Payment
- Open table #6, “Procedures”
- Add a new procedure called “Capitated Fee”.
- Give it an accounting type of Revenue – Non-service
- Add it to the appropriate group for reporting purposes. You might consider creating a new procedure group to track capitation income.
- Open table #11, “Payment Types”
- Add a new payment type called “Capitation Check Payment”
- Give it a type of Check
- Allow it to be posted through Payment Posting (pam).
- Add a New Account and Patient For Tracking Payments
- Create a new patient record. First name: INSCO Insurance, Last name: Cap Clearing.
- Add the insurance “INSCO Insurance Cap Clearing” to the patient’s policies.
- Create a new account record. First name: INSCO Insurance, Last name: Cap Clearing.
- Link the new patient to the new account.
Post Capitation Payments
In order to not deflate your A/R with a credit, you will post the Capitation Check adjustment procedure at the same time as you post the Capitation Check payment. The incoming check will pay off the adjustment procedure, creating no change in your A/R.
To learn how, read Post Capitation Checks, Incentive Payments, Interest Payments, Overpayments, and Withhold Payments, or watch the tutorial video.
Generate Forms in PCC EHR
Your practice can generate visit forms, excuse letters, camp forms, and other forms in PCC EHR. Whether you print forms on paper, or create electronic copies in the patient’s chart and send them via the patient portal, PCC EHR can create the form you need.
Print a Batch of Visit Forms for the Day
Use the Print Visit Forms tool to print a batch of visit forms for all of a day’s encounters.
For more information, read Print Visit Forms.
Generate and/or Print a Single Form
Use the chart-wide Forms component to generate patient forms in PCC EHR.
Your practice can add the Forms component to chart notes, your Medical Summary, Demographics, or any other PCC EHR ribbon in order to support your workflow. You can also configure which forms will appear by default for “one click” generating on each chart note. The Forms component will always display the drop-down menu giving you access to all forms.
When you click “Generate” or select a form from the drop-down, a pop-up appears prompting for any additional required information. If there is no additional information required, this step is skipped.
Next, PCC EHR opens the Document Viewer, where you can review the form, optionally attach it to a visit or order, choose where to save a copy in the patient’s chart, indicate whether or not it will appear in the patient portal (this option is selected by default), or print it.
Use the back button to reenter form data as needed.
By default, PCC EHR will save forms to the “Forms” document category in the patient’s chart. You can change this default on the Assigned Categories tab in the Documents Administration tool (see below).
Forms Fill in Variables: PCC form letters can have form letter variables which automatically fill in with information about your practice, the patient, or a particular visit or issue. Certain variables can even tell if they are being generated within a chart note, and fill in the form letter using details from that specific visit, phone note, or portal message. If your practice has multiple locations, PCC EHR can fill in practice information based on your working location.
Generate Immunization School Forms in PCC EHR
Click “Print” at the top of a patient’s Immunization record to generate your practice’s customizable school form.
If your office has multiple school form formats, you can select the one you want before printing.
If you don’t see the school form you expect, get in touch with PCC Support at support@pcc.com or 802-846-8177 or 800-722-7708. They can help you customize and configure your school form(s) so they are available and print correctly from PCC EHR.
Families Can Generate an Immunization School Form in the Patient Portal: Families can access their patient’s immunization record and generate a school form from the patient portal. For more information, read the My Kid’s Chart User Guide.
Generate Lab and Radiology Requisitions in PCC EHR
After you create lab or radiology orders and document diagnoses in a patient’s visit protocol, you can generate a requisition form.
Click the “Generate Requisition” button in the Lab or Radiology component of the chart note protocol.
Select orders and supporting diagnoses for the requisition. The options in the window reflect what you charted in the patient’s visit protocol.
Optionally define special instructions for the facility to follow.
If generating a lab requisition, you can also include a facility name, address, and phone number on the requisition by selecting a lab from the “Facility” drop-down.
Once the requisition options have been filled out, click “Generate”.
The generated requisition opens in a document viewer window where you can give it a title, categorize it, add tasks, share it to the patient portal, print it, and more. If you need to make a change before sending it out, click the “Back” button and adjust the settings.
You can learn more about how to configure and generate lab and radiology requisitions in the article Generate Outbound Lab and Radiology Requisitions.
Configure the Forms Component in PCC EHR
You can improve form letter workflow for your practice by making sure the right forms appear on the right protocols.
Where Should You See the Forms Component, and Which Forms Should Be Single-Click?
You can place the Forms component on any chart note protocol, decide where it should live on your Medical Summary, Demographics, and other chart note sections, and adjust which forms appear by default.
To place (or move) the Forms component, open the Protocol Configuration tool and pick either a chart section or a chart note protocol in the Protocol Builder.
Click “Add” to add the Forms component. Use the tab on the side to slide it to a new location on the protocol.
Double-click on the component to set up default forms for that chart note or chart section.
For example, you may want to add the School/PE Excuse form letter to sick visits. If you are adding the Forms component to the Demographics chart section, or configuring it for the Medical Summary, you might want to add form letters that would help your practice with their workflow when using that section of a patient’s chart.
Watermarks, Questions, and Custom Forms: Test Printing on Workstations
If your practice generates form letters that have watermarks, ask form letter questions, or use other special features, you should test those forms from PCC EHR to see if they work as expected.
For example, if you generate a watermark, you may need to adjust the printing settings in your workstation’s operating system to make the watermark print at the right darkness level. And if PCC Support helped you set up a custom form with unusual script or information requirements, they may need to make adjustments after your update.
Preview and Adjust Forms in the Forms Configuration Tool: If your practice has switched to using the Forms Configuration tool in PCC EHR, you can use it to preview your forms with real patient data and adjust their configuration. To learn more about working in the Forms Configuration tool, read Create and Manage Forms in PCC EHR.
Adjust Default Forms Category
By default, PCC EHR will save a form letter into a Forms category, which you can later review in the Documents section of the patient’s chart.
Optionally, you can use the Document Administration tool to change the default save location for forms.
Change the Display Order of Forms in the Forms Component
If you have switched to using the Forms Configuration tool in PCC EHR, you can use it to update the display order of forms in the Forms component.
Open the Forms Configuration tool and click the “Edit Display Order” button.
Drag and drop the forms in the list to rearrange the order in which they display in the Forms component.
The list includes both active and inactive forms, but only active forms display in the Forms component. The Forms component will update to reflect your changes as soon as you click “Save and Exit”.
Show or Hide Forms in the Forms Component
If you have switched to using the Forms Configuration tool in PCC EHR, you can use it to determine which forms show in the Forms component.
Open the Forms Configuration tool and edit any form to set its status.
Active forms display in the Forms component; Inactive forms do not. The status takes effect as soon as you save the form.
If you have not switched to using the Forms Configuration tool in PCC EHR, contact PCC Support for help adding or removing forms from the Forms component.
Add a New Form to PCC EHR
You can add, edit, or remove forms from PCC EHR yourself if you have made the switch to using the Forms Configuration tool.
If you have not switched to using the Forms Configuration tool, contact PCC Support at support@pcc.com or 802-846-8177 or 800-722-7708 when you want to add, edit, or remove forms from PCC EHR.
If you provide a document, link, or PDF of your form to PCC Support, they can help format and install that form onto your PCC EHR system. They can optionally use variables so the form will autofill with patient or family information. Note that there is turnaround time needed for these requests.
PCC Support can also train you in form configuration for your Practice Management form letters.
Review a Patient’s Chart in pocketPCC
Patient charts in pocketPCC include much of the information found in PCC EHR.
You can review a patient’s Medical Summary, Demographics, Immunization History, Visit History and Documents. Most of these sections are read-only in pocketPCC; however, you can enter and edit phone notes and receive and send patient portal messages from the Visit History in pocketPCC.
You can also enter or edit vitals by editing visits in pocketPCC, which will allow the nurse who is recording vitals to move between patient rooms carrying only a mobile phone or tablet.
Review a Patient’s Medical Summary
Whenever you select a patient from your schedule, or search for a patient with the “Find Patient” button, you are taken directly to their Medical Summary.
Scroll up and down to see each component in the Medical Summary. Your practice can customize the Medical Summary to include the patient’s Problem List, Medication History, or Care Plans, for example.
If you are in another section of the patient’s chart and need to get back to the Medical Summary, click the Chart button and select “Medical Summary”.
Clinical Alerts: When you select a patient, a pop-up will display the Clinical Alerts applicable to that patient. You can scroll through the alert(s), and click the continue button to close them.
Configuration: Read the Configure the Medical Summary article to learn how to change the layout and content of your practice’s Medical Summary chart section. The only component that can not appear in PocketPCC is the Growth Charts component.
Review Patient Demographics
When you want to see additional information for the patient whose chart you are reviewing, click the Chart menu and select “Demographics”.
You can review additional information about the patient and their family, including the patient’s PCP, any patient or account flags, communication preferences, and account information including recent billing history and any insurance copay.
Some mobile devices will even allow you to make calls by clicking on the phone numbers listed in the patient’s account information.
Configuration: Read the Configure Demographics article to learn how to change the layout and content of your practice’s Demographics chart section.
Review Visit Chart Notes and Other Encounters
You can use pocketPCC to review patient encounters.
When you want to see a visit chart note, or other type of patient encounter, click on the Chart menu and select “Visit History.”
On the Visit History, pocketPCC displays all visit chart notes, phone notes, portal messages, eRx encounters, follow-up tasks, unattached documents, and unsolicited lab results. If you want to limit the type(s) of encounters displayed, you can filter the history using the gear button.
Click on any encounter in the Visit History to view the chart note.
You can review visit chart note components. For example, you can check up on orders and read their results.
If a visit chart note has more than one protocol, you can scroll down to review each protocol.
Limitations to Chart Notes in pocketPCC: As of PCC 8.5, pocketPCC can display most standard charting components and encounter types. Some specialized components, such as medication reconciliation, growth charts, amendment requests, and some immunization details such as forecasting, VFC, and diseases, can not yet appear. When you need to guarantee a complete, detailed review of a patient’s chart, you should refer to PCC EHR.
Edit Vitals in PocketPCC
When you are viewing a visit in pocketPCC, you can enter or edit vitals by clicking the “Edit” button.
The Vitals component will display the same fields that are configured to appear for the visit type in PCC EHR.
For more information about recording vitals in pocketPCC, read Enter Vitals in PocketPCC.
Review Immunization History
When you want to see a patient’s immunization record, click the Chart menu and select “Immunization History”.
The Immunization History section in pocketPCC displays all immunizations that are recorded in the patient’s chart as administered, refused, or contraindicated. Any outstanding “ordered” vaccines will appear at the bottom, along with any recorded diseases.
Only immunizations that the patient has records for will appear. The name and order of immunizations matches your PCC EHR configuration.
Review All of a Patient’s Documents
You can see all of your patient’s documents when accessing their chart through pocketPCC, including documents that are not attached to a specific visit.
When you want to review a patient’s documents, click on the chart menu and select “Documents”.
You can see all of the documents in the patient’s chart, organized by category. As with PCC EHR, category names only show if there are documents in that category.
When you click on a category, you will see information for each document within that category, including the number of pages in the document, what visit it is attached to (if applicable), if it has been made available in the patient portal, and if it is waiting on a provider’s signature.
You can open a document by clicking the “Download Document” button.
You can also view documents from the Visit History section of the chart.
If tasks exist for a document, they will be accessible from the Messaging queue.
Navigate in pocketPCC
You can use pocketPCC to view most of the information you would find in PCC EHR, remotely.
This article will give you an overview of how to get around in pocketPCC. For pointers on navigating a specific patient’s medical record, read Review a Patient’s Chart in pocketPCC.
Review Schedules in pocketPCC
When you log in to pocketPCC, the schedule will display, including all blocks added through PCC EHR’s Appointment Book, defaulting to today’s date.
The schedule will remember which provider you last viewed.
View a Provider’s Schedule
You can select a different provider’s schedule to review, or select one for the first time, if you have not used pocketPCC before.
Navigate to a Different Day or Time
Press the right or left arrow keys to select the next or previous day. To jump to a specific date, tap anywhere on the date or the calendar icon to open the calendar.
Use the arrow buttons to pick a different month.
Pick any day to jump to that day and close the calendar.
View Schedule Button
If you need to get back to the schedule from another window, click the Menu button and select “View Schedule”.
View Messages in pocketPCC
To go to your messaging queue, open pocketPCC and select “Messaging” from the main menu.
Your Messaging queue will display phone notes, portal messages, and tasks, just as they appear in PCC EHR.
You can use the gear button to filter the queue by task, assigned user, date, and status. If your practice uses Care Centers, you can also filter by location.
Click on any message in the queue to read, add a task, or reply to the message.
Find a Patient in pocketPCC
To view a patient’s chart in pocketPCC, you can either go through the Schedule, or use the Find Patient button.
View a Patient’s Chart From the Schedule
You can open any patient’s chart by selecting their name from your schedule.
Find Patient Button
If you need to review a chart for a patient who is not listed on the schedule, you can use the Find Patient button.
When you click on the “Find Patient” button, a “Recent Patients” list will appear beneath the search box.
Your last 10 patients listed will include the most recent patients whose charts you opened, regardless of which PCC application you used.
Each patient is identified by name, current age and sex.
If the patient you are looking for is not listed, enter search text and press Enter or Go on your device to search.
Results include each patient’s name, birth date, age, PCP, and flags. Click on the patient to open their chart.
After you find a patient, you can review their Medical Summary, Demographics, Immunization History, Visit History and Documents. You can also add a new phone note or send a portal message. To see the components of a patient’s chart, click on the “Chart” button.
For more information on how to navigate a patient’s chart, read Review a Patient’s Chart in pocketPCC.
Use a Barcode Scanner to Manage Immunization Lot Inventory
You can use a barcode scanner to manage your vaccine inventory in PCC EHR. Managing your inventory and administrations using barcode scanners will save time and reduce errors.
Plan and Prepare
How do you get started implementing barcode scanning for immunization inventory at your practice?
Where Are Your Imms? When Do You Enter Your Lots Into Inventory?
First, evaluate how you currently store and load in immunization inventory. Are you using PCC EHR’s Lot Manager to track your lots? Do you have a workstation or laptop that can be easily accessed near your immunization refrigerator?
You can learn more about the Lot Manager in PCC EHR here: Immunization Lots and Vaccine Inventory Management
Purchase Barcode Scanners
Next, you’ll need a 2D barcode scanner.
There are two styles of barcode scanners: bluetooth and corded.
Generally, PCC recommends a corded barcode scanner. A corded or “tethered” barcode scanner doesn’t need to be charged, can easily be swapped between devices, and is less expensive.
If you want to avoid plugging in a corded scanner, a portable, bluetooth scanner may be easier to use. However, it’s important to note that each bluetooth scanner can only be paired with one workstation at a time.
Learn how to pair a Bluetooth scanner with your computer workstation.
How Many Scanners Do You Need?
Scanners are used both for entering new vaccines into inventory and for administering vaccines. So, determine how many people in your practice might be working with vaccines at the same time.
Is there one workstation by the vaccine fridge that everyone uses to track inventory? Then maybe you only need one corded scanner.
Do all your nurses carry their own laptops? Perhaps each one needs their own bluetooth scanner.
Reach out to PCC Support for help determining quantity.
One Bluetooth Scanner for Each Workstation: Because of the way bluetooth works, a scanner can only pair with one computer at a time. Swapping bluetooth scanners from one laptop to another is a complicated and time-consuming process. If you use bluetooth scanners, you will need one scanner per computer.
Figure Out Your Workflow
Finally, get your staff together and play with the scanner in the Lot Manager in PCC EHR.
You’ll notice that if you scan a lot number that is already active, it will open up that lot for you so you can make changes. You may need to adjust your usual workflow for adding lots and how you move/mark boxes to indicate that they’ve been added to your PCC EHR inventory.
Review and Update CVX and MVX Codes and Check for Errors
Barcode scanning identifies immunizations based on the CVX codes on the immunizations that you administer.
If you use a barcode scanner on an immunization that is not recognized by your system, it may mean your system’s CVX codes are not up-to-date, or the expiration date, manufacturer, or other information for that lot was entered incorrectly.
When you first implement barcode scanning, take the time open the Vaccine Lot Manager and scan all your existing lots to catch and fix any errors before they interrupt your work day.
Contact PCC support to help with immunization setup.
Give Us a Call!
Throughout the process, feel free to give us a call. We can help you figure out how to use the Lot Manager, how to use barcodes to track vaccine administrations, and how to integrate scanners into your workflow.
ThinLinc, Virtual PCC EHR Access: Barcode scanners work great on PC and Apple workstations, whether connecting to your server with the PCC EHR client application or via an RDP connection. They do not work as well with some browser-based ThinLinc connections. Contact PCC Support if you wish to perform barcode scanning from a remote location and you use a ThinLinc connection.
How to Scan a New Immunization Lot
To enter a new lot, simply open the Lot Manager, click the “Scan” button, and scan the barcode.
Always Ready: The Lot Manager is always listening for input from a barcode scanner; you can scan without clicking the “Scan” button, saving a step in your workflow.
If the lot scanned is a new lot, the Add Lot window will open and auto-fill all the information it retrieves from the barcode.
You can manually make any adjustments, enter a funding source and the quantity, and then click “Save” to add the lot.
Use the Square Barcode, Not the Lines: Vaccine manufacturers use 2D barcodes on packaging to store information. The 2D barcode will be a square-shaped collection of smaller squares (as opposed to a 1D barcode which is a series of vertical lines, like you would expect to see on food packaging at the grocery store). QR codes that you might scan with your phone are an everyday example of a 2D barcode.
Primary vs. Secondary Packaging: Barcodes can be found on both primary packaging (e.g. the vials that contain the vaccine) and secondary packaging (e.g. the box that contains the vials). The information contained in each is the same, and you can scan either one.
NDC Codes: NDC codes in the Vaccine Lot Manager are not used for billing. NDC codes needed for billing should still be managed through the Procedures Table.
Update Details on an Existing Lot, Scanning a Lot Already In the Manager
If you scan a lot that is already tracked in your system, you will see a list of matching lots at your location. Select the appropriate lot, or click “Add New Lot” if you want to create a new lot.
Expired Lots, Missing CVX Codes, and Other Issues
If you scan a lot that is expired, PCC EHR will give you a warning, and you can not add it automatically. If you wish, you can still enter the new lot manually.
Additionally, if you scan a lot that has a CVX code your system does not recognize, or if you scan a lot that was entered incorrectly by hand (perhaps with an incorrect expiration date or manufacturer), you will see a warning message. Work with PCC Support to adjust your practice’s immunizations. (You can learn more about CVX codes by reading the CVX and MVX Codes.)
Finally, if a barcode is damaged or otherwise unreadable, you will see a “The Barcode Could Not Be Read” error. You can still enter the lot manually in the Lot Manager.
Immunizations with Diluents
If you are tracking immunizations that need to be reconstituted (such as Pentacel), it is likely that both the powder component and the diluent packaging will have barcodes. When entering these immunizations into inventory and when administering them, scan the barcodes on the powder component, not the codes on the diluent.
Track Immunization Administrations with Barcodes
When you administer vaccines, you can select a lot by scanning the barcode on the vial with the Select Vaccine Lots window. You can access the Select Vaccine Lots window anywhere you can edit orders; in a patient’s chart, in the “Edit Orders” window from the schedule screen, and in orders that appear on the Visit Tasks queue.
Once one or more immunization orders have been placed, click “Select Vaccine Lots”.
Then scan the barcode(s) on the immunization packaging. PCC EHR will match it with an active lot in inventory.
Manual Selection: You can use the new Select Vaccine Lots window to manually select lots by clicking on the drop-down arrows if you prefer to, or if you do not have a scanner.
If there are multiple identical lots (perhaps for private and state funds), PCC EHR will prompt you to select the appropriate funding source with a radio button.
Error Protection: If a barcode is invalid, the vaccine has not been ordered, or the lot is expired, depleted or reserved, PCC EHR will alert you and will not let you add the lot to your order.
Pick Lots with Fewer Clicks: Even without a scanner, the Select Vaccine Lots button can be useful, allowing you to select multiple lots from one screen, using fewer clicks.
Scan from Within an Immunization Order
As well as the “Select Vaccine Lots” button, you can use the “Scan” button within each order to scan a vaccine individually.
Troubleshooting: What to Do When a Barcode Won’t Scan
If you use a barcode scanner on an immunization that is not recognized by your system, or otherwise can’t scan a barcode or see an unexpected “Not in the Lot Inventory” message, there are several possible causes. Read below for some tips.
-
Scan the Funny-Looking 2D Barcode, Not the Lines: Look for the black and white square barcode that looks like static or a crossword puzzle (see above). The old fashioned barcode made of lines does not contain full information.
-
Get More Light, Look at Ink Color: If the box or vial you are trying to scan is a dark color, sometimes it won’t scan. Manufacturers are supposed to use a specific contrast ratio to help scanning, but some of them do it incorrectly.
-
Scan the Vial, Not the Box: Even though both should work, PCC recommends you scan the vial for an immunization, and not the box it comes in. The box and the vial typically have different 2D barcodes. PCC’s system accepts both: We can map to the embedded NDC codes for either “Unit of Use (the vial)” or “Unit of Sale (box)”. However, it’s possible that the CDC’s information on a particular manufacturer is not up to date, or that a manufacturer is not compliant with standards, and/or a specific mapping for a vaccine isn’t mapped yet in PCC’s table. Feel free to send a picture of the box (with the 2D barcode) to your CA and we can double-check it.
-
Scan Doesn't Match Old Inventory: If the barcode isn’t found even though you know the lot is in your Vaccine Lot Manager, some information may not match. When you first implement barcode scanning, PCC recommends you take the time open the Vaccine Lot Manager and scan all your existing lots. You’ll be able to catch and fix any errors before they interrupt your work day.
-
Review Immunization Details: Also, you can check the expiration date, manufacturer, or other information for that lot in the lot manager and see if something doesn’t match.
-
Update Your CVX Codes: Your PCC system has designated CVX codes for each immunization, which are used to match information in the barcode. Are your codes up-to-date? Read more at MVX and CVX Codes in PCC EHR.
Contact your PCC Support to help with your practice’s under-the-hood immunization setup.
CDC Training Materials and Videos
When 2D vaccine barcode scanning became a national standard, the U.S. CDC created materials and training videos to help healthcare providers get started.
They talk about the difference between a 2D and traditional barcode, and give helpful scanning tips for clinicians.
You can download the materials and watch their training videos here:
Pair a Bluetooth Immunization Barcode Scanner with your Computer
Read below to learn how to pair a bluetooth 2D barcode scanner to your Windows or Macintosh computer. You can use a barcode scanner to manage your vaccine inventory in PCC EHR.
Pair With A Single Workstation: Because of the way bluetooth works, a scanner can only pair with one computer at a time. Swapping bluetooth scanners from one laptop to another is a complicated and time-consuming process. If you use bluetooth scanners, you will need one scanner per computer.
Instructions for Windows
Learn how to pair a bluetooth 2D barcode scanner with your Windows workstation.
Click the Windows Icon in the Task Bar
Open “Bluetooth and other device settings”
Put the Scanner in Discovery or Pairing Mode
Follow your new scanner’s instructions on enabling discovery or pairing mode to link your scanner to your computer.
Search for Bluetooth Devices with your Computer
Select Your Scanner Model
You will see any number of Bluetooth-enabled devices in this list. Some you may recognize, some you may not. Any device within range will appear, which can include Fitbits, wireless mice and keyboards, phones, and other electronics. Select your scanner. Your computer may recognize it by name, or it may simply recognize it as a “Keyboard”.
Scan or Enter the PIN
Your computer will ask you for a PIN number. Again, check the instructions included with your scanner for a PIN to enter or a barcode to scan. Remember to scan the “Enter” barcode at the end.
Your scanner is now paired with your PC, and will work with PCC EHR.
Instructions for Mac
Learn how to pair a bluetooth 2D barcode scanner with your Macintosh workstation.
Open Bluetooth Settings
Use the Apple menu to open System Preferences, and then click on the Bluetooth icon.
Turn Bluetooth On
Put the Scanner in Discovery or Pairing Mode
Follow your new scanner’s instructions on enabling discovery or pairing mode to link your scanner to your computer.
Pair the Scanner
You will see any number of Bluetooth-enabled devices to pair. Some you may recognize, some you may not. Any device within range will appear, which can include Fitbits, wireless mice and keyboards, phones, and other electronics. Select the barcode scanner. Your computer may recognize it by name, or it may simply recognize it as a “Keyboard”.
Your scanner is now paired with your workstation, and will work with PCC EHR.
Unpairing a Scanner
Bluetooth devices can only be paired with one computer at a time. If you need to pair a scanner with a new computer, you will need to unpair it from the original workstation. Simply go to your list of Bluetooth devices, right click on the barcode scanner, and click “uninstall”.
Meet Ohio Prescription Verification and Indication Requirements in PCC eRx
Ohio requires two-factor identification or signature verification of all prescriptions. As of 2018, Ohio also requires that indications appear on prescriptions for opiates. Later this year, the requirement for indications will extend to all controlled substances.
Read below to learn more about how to meet Ohio’s unique prescription requirements in PCC eRx in PCC EHR.
Two-Factor Authentication and Daily Verification
The State of Ohio Board of Pharmacy requires two-factor or a secondary authorization on all prescriptions. You can meet this requirement in one of two ways in PCC eRx: Use a physical token or mobile-device application token to approve all medications, or use a Daily Prescription Report to review and approve all prescriptions.
Select Your Verification Preference
Every prescriber who prescribes in Ohio must designate whether they will use 2-factor authentication for every prescription or use the Daily Prescription Report method.
Each prescriber should visit the “My Settings” section of PCC eRx and make a selection.
You can return to this screen and change your preferences at any time.
Two-Factor Authentication For All Prescriptions
Two-factor authentication means that each time you prescribe, you will use either a physical token device or a verification app on your mobile device to approve the prescription you are creating.
This process is required for the electronic prescribing of controlled substances, and you can learn more about it on the Prescribe Controlled Substances article.
Once you are set up to prescribe EPCS, you can simply begin using your tokens for all prescriptions.
Daily Prescription Reports
You can avoid using your token for every prescription by relying instead on Daily Prescription Reports, which you can access right from the eRx Tasks Queue.
Each day, PCC eRx will create a new report, and you can review all of your prescriptions and verify them by signing that day’s report electronically or physically. If you miss a day, the reports will appear in a list on your Rx Tasks queue so you can do them later.
Your prescription reports will remain on this screen, in your queue, until you print and sign them or sign them electronically.
Choose a report and click on the lighting bolt or printer option. Next, click “Review & Sign” or “Print & Sign”.
For electronic verification, use your EPCS token or application to generate an “OTP”.
Or, to review a paper copy, click to print the report, sign it, and retain your copy for three years onsite at your practice.
Review Past Daily Prescription Reports
Use the Rx Queue History to review past Daily Prescription Report activity.
Click the “Daily Reports” button to see all past Daily Prescription Reports that have been electronically signed or printed.
You can open any report and see the details. If a report was signed electronically, you can see that indication at the bottom of the report. If it was printed and signed manually with a pen, you can see a copy of the report and will need to refer to your physical copy for verification.
Indications and “Days Supply” Are Required for Opiate and Other Controlled Substances
As of 2018, Ohio requires that a “Days Supply” as well as a medication indication appear on prescriptions for opiate medications. In June of 2018, indications will be required for all controlled substances.
When you create a new prescription, you can enter one or more indications in the Indications field.
You can select from diagnoses that appear in the patient’s chart, on their Problem List, or in a chart note. Alternatively, you can pick from common indications for the selected medication or enter your own. (Be aware that adding an indication to a prescription does not add the diagnosis to the patient’s chart. If appropriate, you should add diagnoses to the patient’s Problem List and/or record them on a chart note.)
The “Days Supply” field must also be filled for any controlled substance prescription, regardless of the drug class, as well as any gabapentin prescriptions.
If you do not enter indications or a days supply on a prescription that requires them, PCC eRx will remind you.
When entered, both Indications and the Days Supply will appear on the final prescription, whether it is printed or sent electronically.
Diagnoses as SNOMED-CT or ICD-10
Ohio prescription rules specify that Indications appear as ICD-10 descriptions. If an ICD-10 code is unavailable, a SNOMED-CT is allowed.
PCC eRx will automatically translate a patient’s SNOMED-CT diagnosis into an ICD-10 code if available, otherwise it will send the SNOMED-CT description.
Renewal Requests
It is possible that a pharmacy may send your practice a renewal request that does not include the required Days Supply or Indications.
In that case, PCC recommends that you speak with the pharmacy, and if appropriate cancel or deny the renewal request and create a new prescription with the required information.
Use Orders to Track Clinical Measures for Reporting, Mandates, and Incentive Programs
Pediatric practices often need to report on clinical and other visit data that is collected over a designated period of time. Whether you are tracking something for PCMH, pay for performance, “Reach Out and Read”, or another incentive program, you can use an order in PCC EHR to record what occurred on the chart note. Your practice can use orders to track medical procedures, screenings, labs, referrals and any other work done on behalf of a patient during an encounter.
How does this work? First you create the right kind of order, add the correct codes and tests, and configure billing behavior for the order. Next, you add the order to chart note protocols. During a visit, clinicians can click “Order” and add and complete tasks to track the activity in the chart. Finally, PCC EHR reports, such as the customizable “Orders By Visit” report, will help you get the data you need for a certain date range.
By configuring orders to track an activity, you can make it easy for your practice to complete tasks, bill for services, as well as meet the requirements of a CQM or other mandate or program guideline.
Examples: In this article, we configure PCC EHR to meet the requirements of NQF 0418: Depression Screening, a Clinical Quality Measure used for PCMH and other mandate programs. (For more details about CQM requirements, read How to Chart for Each Clinical Quality Measure.) We also cover how an office could use an order to implement the “Reach Out and Read” program, which encourages literacy by giving children books during their pediatric visits. You can follow a similar procedure to configure PCC EHR to meet other reporting needs or an initiative of your practice.
Create an Order and Add Tracking Codes
To get started, first create an order or edit an existing order. Follow the steps below to learn how to create (or edit) an order and add required tracking information for a CQM, Meaningful Use Measure, Pay for Performance report, or other program or mandate.
Open the Component Builder
First, open the Protocol Configuration tool and click on “Component Builder”.
Open the Appropriate Orders Component
Find the order component that is the best fit for what you wish to track. Double-click to open it.
Order components all have the term “Orders” at the end of their name. They include Follow-Up Orders, Handout Orders, Lab Orders, Medical Procedure Orders, Medical Test Orders, Radiology Orders, Referral Orders, Screening Orders, Supply Orders, and Surgical Procedure Orders.
Edit or Add an Order
Click “Add” to create a new order, or double-click on an existing order to make changes.
Your practice can have one or more orders that meet the same mandate or workflow need for your practice. For example, for depression screenings you might have different orders for a PHQ-9 and for other types of screening and followup.
Configure Basic Order Details
Review the order name and set any other configurable options. For example, you may want certain orders to be private by default, in which case you would deselect the “Include on Patient Reports” option.
Maybe: Review or Add SNOMED-CT Procedure Codes for Tracking
Some measures or reporting needs are met by tracking the use of specific SNOMED-CT procedure codes. Search and add the appropriate procedure.
For example, when a patient has a positive result on a depression screening, your practice might perform a suicide risk assessment screening order. That order is tracked with SNOMED-CT procedure in order to report on a Clinical Quality Measure.
You would edit the relevant Orders component and order, and then add appropriate SNOMED-CT Procedure codes.
For example, for a suicide risk assessment screening order, you could add 225337009, “Suicide risk assessment (procedure)” to the order. You could also add codes to followup orders, such as Completion of a Mental Health Crisis Plan, Coping Support Management, or other mental health evaluation or treatment.
Some measures, such as the depression CQM, track referrals. Referrals are also tracked with Referral Orders component orders and a SNOMED-CT Procedure description.
For example, you may have referrals for an initial psychiatric evaluation or a specific depression referral.
For information on which SNOMED-CT descriptions to use for each type of order, refer to your state or officiating agency’s requirements for tracking data for a report. For tips on recording information for each CQM, read How to Chart for Each Clinical Quality Measure.
Maybe: Review and Add Tests (LOINC codes) for Tracking
Some measures or reporting needs are tracked by the use of a specific, standardized test. Search and add the appropriate test that you perform, and adjust test options.
Tests are identified with a unique LOINC code.
What Tests Should I Add?: The specific test you should add depend on what your practice performs and on the requirements of the mandate you wish to track. For example, for an initial depression screening, you might add 73831-0, “Adolescent depression screening assessment” or 73832-8, “Adult depression screening assessment” for an order for patients 18 years or older. The tests should have a Negative/Positive result. You can also add more than one test to a single order. For example, if you perform a PHQ-9 at each visit, you might first add the “Adolescent depression screening assessment” test, which is used by the clinical quality measure, and then also add the “Patient Health Questionnaire 9 item (PHQ-9) total score” test in order to record the patient’s numerical result.
Repeat for Other Orders that Meet the Same Measure
Your practice may have more than one order that meets the same measure or reporting need! Click “Add” to create new orders, or double-click on existing orders to make changes. Repeat the steps above to configure the order, and add the appropriate LOINC tests or SNOMED-CT description.
Reach Out and Read For Each Age Group: If you are using orders to track the distribution of books for the “Reach Out and Read” program, you may benefit from creating multiple orders. By using orders based on a patient’s age, and adding the correct order to each chart note, you’ll later be able to report in more detail what books were distributed.
Add Orders to Chart Note Protocols
After you configure the orders your practice will use to track activity, add them to chart notes. Your clinicians will then see the “Depression Screening” order, for example, during the visit and be able to track the screening with a single click.
While customizing the chart note is optional, it will make it more likely that the clinician will use the order to track the service they provided.
Open the Protocol Configuration Tool
Click on the Tools menu and select Protocol Configuration.
Open the Protocol Builder
Click Protocol Builder on the Protocol Configuration tool window.
Edit a Chart Note Protocol
From the list of Chart Note Protocols, select the first one that could be used for a patient that a measure intends to track.
For the Depression example, find the first chart note protocol that would be used for a patient aged 12 years or older. Double-click to edit it.
Edit (or Add) the Relevant Orders Component
From the list of components that appear in this chart note protocol, find the orders component (Medical Procedure Orders, Screening Orders, Referral Orders, etc.) and double-click to edit it. If the component does not yet appear on this chart note protocol, click “Add” and select the component to add it.
Add the Specific Orders
Click “Add Items” and select the appropriate orders that you wish to track during that type of visit. For example, select the Depression Screening and any other appropriate screening orders in order to make it easier for your practice to use that order during that type of visit.
Repeat For Referrals or Other Orders
Optionally, add other screenings, referrals, or other orders. You might also want to add orders that could result from a positive screening, for example.
Repeat For Each Chart Note
You should repeat the above steps for every chart note, adding appropriate orders that you wish to track during the related visit.
Configure Billing Codes for Your Screenings, Procedures, and Other Orders
Some performance measures and incentive programs track results by billing codes. And, whenever you add a new order in the component builder, you should consider whether that order needs to trigger procedure codes for billing on the electronic encounter form.
How can you make sure that the correct billing codes show up when a clinician orders a Fluoride Varnish, or uses some other order to track a clinical activity?
Read the procedure below to learn how to use the Billing Configuration tool to set up the correct billing codes for your orders. (You can see more details in the Billing Configuration article.)
Open the Billing Configuration Tool
Open the Billing Configuration Tool in the Tools menu in PCC EHR.
On the “Order Mapping” Tab, Find Your Order
Use the Search field to find the order you wish to configure for billing. Double-click to open the order.
Enter the Billing CPT Code for the Order
Under the CPT Billing Procedures section, enter one or more codes for the order. You can set the codes to be automatically selected on the electronic encounter form, or you can set them to appear as optional codes for the clinician or biller to select later.
What About Billing Diagnoses (ICD-10)?: On this same screen, you can added optional ICD-10 Billing Diagnoses. They will then appear on the Bill screen whenever someone orders this order for the patient. However, this should be rarely used. Diagnoses should be charted on a chart note and not added in Billing Configuration. For example, for a Fluoride Varnish, the appropriate diagnosis code is sometimes the standard well visit code (Z00.129), which the clinician selects on the chart note.
What if I Can't Find a Procedure?: If you are configuring a new procedure that your practice has never billed before, you may need to update your practice’s list of procedures. You can do so in the Procedures table of the Table Editor (ted
). Contact your Client Advocate for help.
Save Your Changes and Test Your Order(s)
After you’ve reviewed and updated the required billing code for an order, click “Save” and repeat the process for all orders that you need to review in order to meet your reporting needs. Then, create a visit for a sample patient and try them out! Whenever you create an order on the chart note, the correct corresponding codes should appear on the Bill screen.
Chart the Visit, Use the Orders
After you have completed the above configuration, your practice’s clinicians can track the completion of a screening, medical procedure, or other order with a single click. Since you added the order to a chart note protocol, the clinician will see it every time they chart a visit of that type.
Optionally, the clinician can assign the order to another clinician, or complete the screening immediately. If the screening is refused, they can select “Refused”. If the screening is contraindicated, they can select “Contraindicated” and enter an appropriate contraindicated diagnosis in the Diagnoses component on the chart note.
When the screening is complete, they can enter a result in the order.
Unless refused or contraindicated, a positive or negative result is often required to track a measure. The result interpretation, in the Interpretation field, is not required for Clinical Quality Measures, though your practice may configure an order to require it.
If a test result is positive, record whatever additional care follows.
For example, you may prescribe appropriate medication, order a Suicide Risk Assessment or order a referral.
Enter results and take any other appropriate followup steps.
When you complete your order, you will capture data for your reporting needs.
Achieve One-Click Reporting By Removing the Default Task
By default, orders have a single incomplete task. If you clinicians remove that task, they can trigger the order (and track data for the measure) with a single click.
First, click Order and then click Edit to edit the order.
Next, blank out the default task on the order and click “Save Order”.
For the clinician who removed the task, there will no longer be a task that needs completion for the order to be tracked as complete.
Remember to Bill the Visit and Perform Other Steps
When orders are complete and a visit is ready to be billed, make sure someone at your practice confirms the provider of the encounter. Many mandates or incentive programs require reporting based on a provider.
Next, the provider should click “Bill” and select an appropriate visit encounter code. In addition to billing, the visit encounter code is used to track data for Clinical Quality Measures and many other reporting features in PCC EHR.
Reach Out and Read (ROR) Example
Several pediatric practices have used the procedures above to track data for the “Reach Out and Read” program. ROR provides books for more than 3.8 million children and families in more than 4,500 clinics, health centers, and pediatric practices in the United States. You can use PCC EHR to track your ROR activity on each chart note, and then later produce the information you need for your Reach Out and Read semi-annual progress report.
First, you would create a Reach Out and Read order in your practice’s Handout Orders component in the Component Builder.
Next, you would edit each chart note protocol so that the Handout component and Reach Out and Read order appeared on the chart note.
Then, the clinician could indicate that they provided a book to the child using the order on the chart note… or signal a nurse or other clinician to complete the order with a task.
Run Reports on Collected Data
Once your practice is charting a specific activity using an order, you can use PCC’s customizable reports to produce exactly the output you need for a mandate, program, or other initiative.
The example below shows how you might export data using the Orders by Visit report.
Open the Orders by Visit Report
From the Reports menu, select Report Library, and then click on the Orders by Visit report.
Set Report Criteria
Enter your search criteria and click “Generate.”
Export Your Data
Click the “Export” button and save the data as a CSV file. This will allow you to import it into Excel, or another spreadsheet application, and work with your data so that you can submit it in the required format.
Configure the Appointment Book
Read the sections below to learn how to configure the Appointment Book in PCC EHR.
Update User Roles for Scheduling Functionality
Once the Appointment Book is in use by your practice, you need to indicate which users can schedule, and which providers can be scheduled for appointments.
Assign Scheduling Permissions
Use the Roles tab within the User Administration tool to either create new scheduling roles, or to assign scheduling permissions to existing user roles.
If you add new scheduling roles, make sure that you assign the appropriate roles to your scheduling staff. For more information about working with user roles, read the Set User Roles for Permissions and Security article on PCC Learn.
Indicate the Scheduling Providers at Your Practice
Use the User Administration tool to indicate which users can be scheduled for appointments.
Edit the user’s account and indicate that they are a scheduling provider.
The scheduling provider must have an entry in the Providers table that contains a matching EHR User field. Each user must log all the way out, close and reopen the login window before the new provider will appear on the appointment book. To learn how to add a new entry to the Providers table, read Add and Configure a Clinician.
Configure Visit Reasons, Visit Types, and Defaults
Use the Visit Reason Editor to create and work with visit reasons and optionally assign them to color-coded visit types, set visit reason durations by provider, and choose your practice’s default Visit Reason for scheduling, and default Visit Type for searching.
Visit Reasons
Use the Visit Reasons tab to work with your practice’s visit reasons. You can customize the duration for each visit reason, by provider. If your practice uses color coding as guidance for your schedulers, you can also assign a visit type to each visit reason.
Select a visit reason and click “Edit” to make changes.
You can change a visit reason’s name, optionally assign a visit type, choose whether to allow forms to print, define its default duration, or set custom durations by provider, in 5-minute increments.
Print Forms?: While you can determine here whether forms should print for this visit reason, Partner is responsible for printing the forms and determining whether the form should print right away (such as for same-day visits), or queue up to be printed via prenc
. Form configuration is maintained in csedit
, also in Partner.
Optional: Visit Types
Visit types are used to color code your schedule so that anyone scheduling can see what type of appointment should be scheduled within each block of time. For example, you may have one visit type named “Well Visits” that includes the visit reasons “infant well visit”, “1 yr well visit”, “2 yr well visit”, etc.
You can decide what color to use for each visit type, and where the colored time slots will appear on the schedule, by provider.
Open the Visit Types tab, and click “Add” to create a new visit type.
Enter a name for your visit type, and click “Save” if you are satisfied with the default color assigned. If you want to change the color, click on the color swatch.
You can choose from the color-blind friendly options provided in the Basic Colors palette, or you can create your own color scheme instead.
When you have finished adding visit types, you will be ready to assign them to visit reasons on the Visit Reasons tab.
Visit Reason and Visit Type Defaults
Use the Defaults tab to set a default Visit Reason for scheduling in the Appointment Book, and default Visit Type for searching with the Availability Finder.
If your practice uses Visit Types with assigned colors, the radio button will default to “Match Visit Type for selected Visit Reason”.
If your practice does not use Visit Types, you can choose to have the Availability Finder ignore the Visit Reason and instead search for availability of “Any” visit type.
Configure Provider Hours and Open Your Calendar
Use the Provider Hours tool to configure and assign templates to each provider’s calendar at your practice. You can optionally add color-coded visit type guidance to let schedulers know what types of appointments to schedule throughout the day.
You can assign templates by month or by week, and you can edit individual days to select a different template, edit the hours for that day, or indicate that the provider is off.
More than one provider can use the same template, if appropriate.
Configure Templates for Provider Hours and Visit Types
Open the Scheduling Templates tab. You will see a list of your practice’s scheduling templates.
A green checkmark in the Assigned column indicates that the template has been applied to at least one provider’s calendar.
You can create a new template by clicking the “Add” button.
You can enter multiple start and end times, at different locations if applicable, to account for breaks or hospital rounds. You can create as complex a daily schedule as needed.
Optionally, you can assign color-coded visit type guidance to a scheduling template to help schedulers know what types of appointments to schedule throughout the day. Select a color from the Visit Type drop-down and then “paint” that color onto blocks of time within the schedule.
If you need to make changes, click on the block of time to edit it. You will see grab handles that will allow you to move the color block, or an ‘x’ to delete it.
When you are finished, click “Save” to complete the new template.
If you prefer to build off of an existing template, you can clone it and save yourself from having to create a new template from scratch.
You can use the new “Clear Hours” button to clear the entire template, with the exception of the template name, or the new “Clear Visit Types” button to keep the same hours for the new template, but change the visit type guidance. You can also just make changes to any part of the schedule.
If you edit a template that has already been assigned to any provider calendars, changes to the template will be reflected in future dates only.
Assign Templates to a Provider’s Calendar
You can assign templates to a provider’s calendar from the Provider Schedule tab, using the “Assign Scheduling Templates” button. You can open up a provider’s calendar for scheduling by assigning templates by month or by week.
If you choose the monthly option, the template will be assigned to all calendar days within the selected month.
If you choose the weekly option, you can set templates for any week that is displayed on the screen.
Edit One Day on the Calendar
Creating a template makes sense for a normal schedule. But what about a doctor’s vacation days? Or when there’s a conference or special meeting? Are you running a flu clinic?
You can edit individual days on a provider’s calendar to select a different template, change the hours for that day, or indicate that the provider is off or on vacation.
Double-click on a single day, or select a day and click the “Edit Day” button.
If you assign templates after creating individual “Custom” or “Off” days, those days will not be changed unless you uncheck the “Preserve off and custom” checkbox.
You can uncheck the box if you want to override previously scheduled “Custom” or “Off” days.
Configure Patient Details Window
What information should you review with a family before you schedule the patient? The Patient Details ribbon includes several components by default: Appointment History, Recent and Upcoming Appointments, Patient Demographics, Account Demographics, and Policies.
You can add any chart-wide components you like, and rearrange the order of the ribbon to suit your office’s needs.
From the Protocol Configuration tool, select “Patient Details Builder (Appt Book)”.
You can click the “Add” button to include any additional chart-wide components, and drag and drop component names to rearrange how they appear on the ribbon.
For example, maybe you always ask for insurance information and double-check cell phone numbers. Maybe you manage patient portal users. You can add, remove, and move components around to make sure staff has the details they need when they schedule.
Turn Off Automatic Patient Details Window
The Patient Details window is set by default to open automatically as an appointment is scheduled. If this workflow doesn’t work for your practice, you can turn it off.
Within the Appointment Book section of the Practice Preferences tool, simply uncheck the checkbox next to “Present Patient Details when scheduling appointments”.
The scheduler can still access the Patient Details window by clicking “Patient Details” from the Schedule Appointment panel.
Customize Location Banners in the Appointment Book
Use the Hours tab within the Practice Preferences tool to assign colors to each of your practice’s locations.
You can decide what color to use for each location, by clicking on the new color swatch option to the right of the Location name.
This is the color you will see on the Location banner that displays down the left side of each column on the calendar (if “Display All Locations” is enabled in the Settings tab).
Turn Off Default Location Banners and/or “All Locations” Option
Both location banners and the “All Locations” checkbox are turned on by default for practices with more than one scheduling location.
You can use the Settings tab within the Practice Preferences Configuration tool to turn either of these features off, if you don’t want to use them in your practice.
When “Always display location banners” is checked, a location banner will display on the calendar, even if you are only viewing one location.
When “Display ‘All Locations’ scheduling option” is checked, the “All Locations” checkbox will display in the scheduling panel of the Appointment Book, allowing you to see provider availability across all of your locations.
Choose the Appointment Book Display Unit for Your Practice
Your practice can configure your Appointment Book display grid in time units that work best for your office.
You can choose from time slots of 10, 15, 20 or 30 minutes.
The Appointment Book’s time unit determines the start times of your appointments. For example, if you use a 20 minute unit, all of your appointments in the 9:00 hour would begin at 9:00, 9:20, or 9:40.
Contact PCC Support to configure your Appointment Book scheduling grid.
Short Appointment Lengths
As you design your schedule, remember that short appointments will all begin at the same start time in a single time slot. For example, if you use the default 15-minute Appointment Book time grid, you could schedule up to three separate 5-minute appointments, all set to begin at the same time.
Adjust Safety Checking in PCC eRx
You can adjust safety checking in PCC eRx to meet the needs of your practice.
Overview
As you prescribe, PCC eRx alerts you to safety concerns with the selected medication based on known interactions, the patient, and their history. PCC eRx presents warnings for drug, food, allergy, and disease interactions, duplicate therapies, and inadequate or excessive dosing.
PCC eRx presents safety checking warnings proactively and reactively.
Proactive warnings appear as colorful tags when you search for a medication to prescribe. You can click on a proactive warning to learn more about it.
Reactive warnings appear when you attempt to process a prescription and send it off to the pharmacy.
Safety checking in PCC eRx is very conservative by default, but you can adjust the warning types, their sensitivity, and which prescriber roles see them.
Adjust Safety Checking Settings
Users with PCC eRx administration privileges can adjust the settings for safety checking warnings.
Open eRx Administration
Open the Rx Queue or the PCC eRx section of a patient’s chart, then click “Administration”.
eRx Administrator Access Only: You must be a PCC eRx Administrator to proceed. For help, contact PCC Support.
Open Safety Checking Settings
From the Administration window, click on “Application Administration”, then select “Safety Checking”.
Review and Adjust Settings
Review the list of safety checking warnings that occur in PCC eRx.
You can hover your mouse over any item in the list to see a tool tip showing how it works and what it does, so you can decide whether or not that warning is important to your practice’s workflow and safety while prescribing.
The warnings are sorted into categories, and you can turn any of these warnings on or off for your whole practice, or just for certain prescriber roles at your practice. For some warnings, you can set a severity level for when the warning should trigger.
Turn Off a Safety Checking Warning
If there are certain types of warnings that nobody in your practice finds useful, you can turn them off completely.
For example, when prescribing Schedule II drugs, your staff may not need a pop-up warning letting them know that Methylphenidate and Concerta are in the same drug class. Some practices may find this more distracting than helpful.
To shut off a warning, simply uncheck the checkbox for the warning.
Your users will no longer see these warnings.
Restrict a Safety Checking Warning to Certain Roles
You can specify which PCC eRx roles will be subjected to each category of safety checking.
For example, perhaps your practice’s providers don’t need to see safety checking warnings about drug class cross-sensitivity, but your nurses or clinical staff do.
Click on “[show roles]” and then click on roles to turn them off (or back on again, as needed).
Only roles highlighted in bold green will see warnings for this category of safety checking.
Wait - What Does that Role Do Again?: Remember – when PCC eRx says “Mid-Level Provider” that means someone who can create and send prescriptions, while “Clinical Staff” can’t. To learn more, read the PCC eRx user role reference guide.
Edit Safety Checking Sensitivity
You can adjust the sensitivity of certain safety checking warnings. Sensitivity is represented by a number beneath the warning type. The higher the number, the more sensitive the safety check, and the more frequently prescribers will see that kind of warning.
Click on “[view comment]” next to a warning item with sensitivity to see an explanation for what each number means.
Once you determine the sensitivity your practice needs, select the appropriate number from the drop-down list and click “Update Value”. If you do not click “Update Value”, your new sensitivity setting will not be saved.
You can adjust safety checking sensitivity for food, drug, and disease interactions.
Optimize PCC eRx Searches with Shortcuts and Hiding
You can save time when you search for a drug in PCC eRx by creating search short cuts, hiding unused drugs and dosing statements, and following some best practices when you search.
Watch a Video: You can learn about drug search shortcuts and custom search terms and other topics in this article by watching the PCC eRx Search Optimization video.
Create a Drug Search Short Cut
You can add a search term to any “Quick Rx” medication, making it quick and easy to find the medication you want using the word you want.
For example, you can link a name-brand shortcut to a generic version of a drug, or use your own personal nickname for a medication when you search.
Follow the steps below to create a custom medication search term for your practice.
Visit the Administration Section of PCC eRx
Log into PCC EHR, visit the Rx Queue or the PCC eRx section of any patient’s chart, and click on the Administration link.
Click “Custom Search Terms”
In the panel of options on the right-hand side of the screen, click on “Custom Search Terms”.
Find a Drug
Enter a few letters or a word from a medication name or DME.
Create a Custom Search Term
Enter your new search term in the “New Term” field. Optionally, add an administrative note in the “Admin Comment” field.
Test Your Search Term
Use a test patient to search for the medication using your new custom search term.
Delete an Unused Custom Search Term: You can delete a custom search term at any time by clicking the red “X” symbol next to the term in the Custom Search Term tool.
Link a Short Cut to Multiple Drugs for Chronic Problems
You can use the procedure above to add a shortcut term to multiple drugs and supplies. When your practice searches for a common term, they will see exactly the medications you have selected and can prescribe more quickly. For example, you could create a term “ADHD” and add it to multiple drugs.
When a user searches for the term, all the ADHD drugs with that search term will appear.
You can customize these terms so that your practice can quickly select the drugs they need for any chronic problem or other term.
For an “asthma” shortcut, you could automatically bring up your typical asthma medications, along with a mask.
Hide Drugs and Dosing Statements to Improve Search
When you search for a drug, do you see too many drugs or dosing statements? Common medications have a lot of possible dosing statements, including many that your practice would never use. You can hide those items so they won’t appear on a standard “Quick Rx” search.
By eliminating unused drugs and dosing statements, you can make PCC eRx show only the results that you want for your practice.
Follow the steps below to find and exclude a drug or dosing statement.
Visit the Administration Section of PCC eRx
Log into PCC EHR, visit the Rx Queue or the PCC eRx section of any patient’s chart, and click on the Administration link.
Click “Orderable Exclusions”
In the panel of options on the right-hand side of the screen, click on “Orderable Exclusions”.
Find a Drug and Exclude It
Enter a few letters or a word from a drug or DME.
From the search results, click the green minus (–) symbol to hide the result from future searches in PCC eRx. You can choose to exclude the item from searches when adding Medication History, when prescribing, or both.
OPTIONAL: Select a Drug and Exclude One or More Dosing Statements
In addition to excluding a drug, you can click on a drug and choose to exclude one or more dosing statements from search results.
Restore a Hidden Item: You can add a hidden drug or dosing statement back to your practice’s search results on the same screen as shown above. Instead of a minus sign (–), click the green plus (+).
You can review all of your practice’s exclusions at the bottom of the screen.
Other Search Tips for PCC eRx
You can use the above configuration procedures to make changes to how PCC eRx searches. Below are some best-practices usage recommendations for searching for medications. For more information about these and other tips, review the Prescribe a Medication help article and video.
-
Less is More: When you search for a medication, remember that less is more. Enter a single word or just a few characters first. If you type out more words, PCC eRx may exclude search results for the drug you are looking for.
-
Results are Filtered Out By Age: PCC eRx will exclude certain drugs and dosing statements based on a patient’s age. You can click the “Full Product Search” to see more options.
-
Find Supplies (DME) in Full Product Search: When you wish to find a DME entry, click “Full Product Search”.
-
Pick a Dosing Statement, Then Adjust: When searching for a dosing statement, pick the one that is closest to your desired statement and then make adjustments.